UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM 10-K
[ X ]
ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
[__]
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2014
Commission File No. 001-15141
Herman Miller, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Michigan
 
       38-0837640        
 
 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
855 East Main Avenue
 
 
 
 
PO Box 302
 
 
 
 
Zeeland, Michigan
 
49464-0302
 
 
(Address of principal
executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (616) 654 3000
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, $.20 Par Value
(Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
 
Yes [ X ]     No [__]
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
 
Yes [__]     No [ X ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
Yes [ X ]     No [__]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
 
Yes [ X ]     No [__]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   [ X ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “accelerated filer,” “large accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer [ X ]    Accelerated filer [__]  Non-accelerated filer [__]    Smaller reporting company [__]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
 
Yes [__]     No [ X ]
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by “nonaffiliates” of the registrant (for this purpose only, the affiliates of the registrant have been assumed to be the executive officers and directors of the registrant and their associates) as of November 30, 2013 , was $ 1,864,534,305 (based on $31.91 per share which was the closing sale price as reported by NASDAQ).
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's common stoc k, as of July 24, 2014 : Common stock, $.20 par value - 59,404,641 shares outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on October 6, 2014, are incorporated into Part III of this report.
































This page intentionally left blank.




TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Page No.
Part I
 
   Item 1 Business
   Item 1A Risk Factors
   Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments
   Item 2 Properties
   Item 3 Legal Proceedings
   Additional Item: Executive Officers of the Registrant
   Item 4 Mine Safety Disclosures
Part II
 
   Item 5 Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and
 
     Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
   Item 6 Selected Financial Data
   Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
   Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
   Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
   Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures
   Item 9A Controls and Procedures
   Item 9B Other Information
Part III
 
   Item 10 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
   Item 11 Executive Compensation
   Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related
 
     Stockholder Matters
   Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
   Item 14 Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Part IV
 
   Item 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule
Signatures
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Exhibit Index





PART I

Item 1 BUSINESS

General Development of Business
The company researches, designs, manufactures, and distributes interior furnishings, for use in various environments including office, healthcare, educational, and residential settings, and provides related services that support organizations and individuals all over the world. The company's products are sold primarily through independent contract office furniture dealers as well as the following channels: owned contract office furniture dealers, direct customer sales, independent retailers, and the company's online store. Through research, the company seeks to define and clarify customer needs and problems existing in its markets and to design, through innovation where appropriate and feasible, products, systems, and services that serve as compelling solutions to such problems. Ultimately, the company seeks to create and enable inspiring designs, inventive technologies, and strategic services that help people to do great things and organizations to perform at their best.

Herman Miller, Inc. was incorporated in Michigan in 1905. One of the company's major plants and its corporate offices are located at 855 East Main Avenue, PO Box 302, Zeeland, Michigan, 49464-0302, and its telephone number is (616) 654-3000. Unless otherwise noted or indicated by the context, the term “company” includes Herman Miller, Inc., its predecessors, and majority-owned subsidiaries. Further information relating to principles of consolidation is provided in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report.
Financial Information about Segments
Information relating to segments is provided in Note 14 to t he Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report.
Narrative Description of Business
The company's principal business consists of the research, design, manufacture, and distribution of office furniture systems, seating products, other freestanding furniture elements, textiles, and related services. Most of these systems and products are designed to be used together.

The company's mission statement is "Inspiring Designs To Help People Do Great Things." The company's ingenuity and design excellence creates award-winning products and services, which has made us a leader in design and development of furniture, furniture systems, and textiles. This leadership is exemplified by the innovative concepts introduced by the company in its modular systems (including Canvas Office Landscape™, Locale®, Metaform Portfolio™, Public Office Landscape™, Action Office®, Ethospace®, Resolve®, and My Studio Environments™). The company also offers a broad array of seating (including Embody®, Aeron®, Mirra®, Mirra2™, Setu®, Sayl®, Celle®, Equa®, and Ergon® office chairs), storage (including Meridian® and Tu™ products), wooden casegoods (including Geiger® products), freestanding furniture products (including Abak®, Intent®, Sense™ and Envelop®), healthcare products (including Compass®, Nala®, and other Nemschoff® products) the Thrive portfolio of ergonomic solutions, and the recently acquired textiles of Maharam Fabric Corporation (Maharam).

The company's products are marketed worldwide by its own sales staff, independent dealers and retailers, its owned dealer network, and via its e-commerce website. Salespeople work with dealers, the architecture and design community, and directly with end-users. Independent dealerships concentrate on the sale of Herman Miller products and some complementary product lines of other manufacturers. It is estimated that approximately 80 percent of the company's sales in the fiscal year ended May 31, 2014 , were made to or through independent dealers. The remaining sales were made directly to end-users, including federal, state, and local governments, and several major corporations, by the company's own sales staff, its owned dealer network, or independent retailers.

The company is a recognized leader within its industry for the use, development, and integration of customer-centered technologies that enhance the reliability, speed, and efficiency of our customers' operations. This includes proprietary sales tools, interior design and product specification software; order entry and manufacturing scheduling and production systems; and direct connectivity to the company's suppliers.

The company's furniture systems, seating, freestanding furniture, storage, casegood and textile products, and related services are used in (1) institutional environments including offices and related conference, lobby, and lounge areas, and general public areas including transportation terminals; (2) health/science environments including hospitals, clinics, and other healthcare facilities; (3) industrial and educational settings; and (4) residential and other environments.

Raw Materials
The company's manufacturing materials are available from a significant number of sources within the United States, Canada, Europe, and Asia. To date, the company has not experienced any difficulties in obtaining its raw materials. The costs of certain direct materials used in the company's manufacturing and assembly operations are sensitive to shifts in commodity market prices. In particular, the costs of steel, plastic, aluminum components, and particleboard are sensitive to the market prices of commodities such as raw steel, aluminum, crude oil, lumber, and resins. Increases in the market prices for these commodities can have an adverse impact on the company's profitability. Further information regarding

- 3 -



the impact of direct material costs on the company's financial results is provided in Management's Discussion and Analysis in Item 7 of this report.

Patents, Trademark s, Licenses, Etc.
The company has 108 active United States utility patents on various components used in its products and 49 active United States design patents. Many of the inventions covered by the United States patents also have been patented in a number of foreign countries. Various trademarks, including the name and stylized “Herman Miller” and the “Herman Miller Circled Symbolic M” trademark are registered in the United States and many foreign countries. The company does not believe that any material part of its business depends on the continued availability of any one or all of its patents or trademarks, or that its business would be materially adversely affected by the loss of any thereof, except for Herman Miller®, Herman Miller Circled Symbolic M®, Maharam®, Geiger®, Nemschoff®, Action Office®, Ethospace®, Aeron®, Mirra®, Embody®, Setu®, Sayl®, Eames®, PostureFit®, Meridian®, and Canvas Office Landscape®. It is estimated that the average remaining life of such patents and trademarks is approximately 5 years and 6 years, respectively.

Working Capital Practices
Information concerning the company's inventory levels relative to its sales volume can be found under the Executive Overview section in Item 7 of this report. Beyond this discussion, the company does not believe that it or the industry in general, has any special practices or special conditions affecting working capital items that are significant for understanding the company's business.

Customer Base
It is estimated that no single dealer accounted for more t han 5 percent of the company's net sales in the fiscal year ended May 31, 2014 . It is also estimated that the largest single end-user customer, the U.S. federal government, accounted for $102 million , $114 million and $164 million of the company's net sales in fiscal 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 , respectively. This represents approximately 5 percent , 6 percent and 9.5 percent of the company's net sales in fiscal 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 , respectively. The 10 largest customers accounted for approximately 23 percent , 23 percent , and 22 percent of net sales in fiscal 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 , respectively.

Backlog of Unfilled Orders
As of May 31, 2014 , the company's backlog of unfilled orders was $306.4 million . At June 1, 2013 , the company's backlog totaled $274.4 million . It is expected that substantially all the orders forming the backlog at May 31, 2014 , will be filled during the next fiscal year. Many orders received by the company are reflected in the backlog for only a short period while other orders specify delayed shipments and are carried in the backlog for up to one year. Accordingly, the amount of the backlog at any particular time does not necessarily indicate the level of net sales for a particular succeeding period.

Government Contracts
Other than standard provisions contained in contracts with the United States Government, the company does not believe that any significant portion of its business is subject to material renegotiation of profits or termination of contracts or subcontracts at the election of various government entities. The company sells to the U.S. Government both through a General Services Administration ("GSA") Multiple Award Schedule Contract and through competitive bids. The GSA Multiple Award Schedule Contract pricing is principally based upon the company's commercial price list in effect when the contract is initiated, rather than being determined on a cost-plus-basis. The company is required to receive GSA approval to apply list price increases during the term of the Multiple Award Schedule Contract period.

Competition
All aspects of the company's business are highly competitive. The company competes largely on design, product and service quality, speed of delivery, and product pricing. Although the company is one of the largest office furniture manufacturers in the world, it competes with manufacturers that have significant resources and sales as well as many smaller companies. In the United States, the company's most significant competitors are Haworth, HNI Corporation, Kimball International, Knoll, and Steelcase.

Research, Design and Development
The company draws great competitive strength from its research, design and development programs. Accordingly, the company believes that its research and design activities are of significant importance. Through research, the company seeks to define and clarify customers and the problems which they are trying to solve. The company designs innovative products and services that address customer needs and solve their problems. The company uses both internal and independent research resources and independent design resources. Exclusive of royalty payments, the company spent approximately $53.9 million , $48.3 million , and $41.0 million on research and development activities in fiscal 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 , respectively. Generally, royalties are paid to designers of the company's products as the products are sold and are not included in research and development costs since they are variable based on product sales.

Environmental Matters
We believe the environment is a cause every corporation should put high on its agenda. Ten years ago, we put into place a set of environmental goals that included a zero operational footprint. We have sharpened our goals around the smart use of resources, eco-inspired design, and becoming community driven. Our new 10-year sustainability strategy - Earthright - begins with three principles; positive

- 4 -



transparency, products as living things, and becoming greener together. Most important, we are finding new ways to involve more employees and suppliers. Based on current facts known to management, the company does not believe that existing environmental laws and regulations have had or will have any material effect upon the capital expenditures, earnings, or competitive position of the company. However, there can be no assurance that environmental legislation and technology in this area will not result in or require material capital expenditures or additional costs to our manufacturing process.

Human Resources
The company considers its employees to be another of its major competitive strengths. The company stresses individual employee participation and incentives, believing that this emphasis has helped attract and retain a competent and motivated workforce. The company's human resources group provides employee recruitment, education and development, and compensation planning and counseling. There have been no work stoppages or labor disputes in the company's history, and its relations with its employees are considered good. Approximately 8.0 percent of the company's employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, most of whom are employees of its Nemschoff and Herman Miller Ningbo subsidiaries.

As of May 31, 2014 , the company employed 6,630 full-time and 162 part-time employees, representing a 16.2 percent increase and a 0.6 percent increase, respectively, compared with June 1, 2013 . The increase in employees was driven principally by our acquisition of the manufacturing and distribution facilities in Dongguan, China, during fiscal 2014. Refer to Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding this acquisition. In addition to its employee work force, the company uses temporary purchased labor to meet uneven demand in its manufacturing operations.

Information about International Operations
The company's sales in international markets are made primarily to office/institutional customers. Foreign sales consist mostly of office furniture products such as Abak®, Aeron®, Mirra®, Celle®, Sayl®, Layout Studio®, and other seating and storage products (including POSH products). The company conducts business in the following major international markets: Europe, Canada, the Middle East, Latin America, South America and the Asia/Pacific region. In certain foreign markets, the company's products are offered through licensing of foreign manufacturers on a royalty basis.

The company's products currently sold in international markets are manufactured by wholly owned subsidiaries in the United States, the United Kingdom, and China. Sales are made through wholly owned subsidiaries or branches in Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Australia, Singapore, China, India, and the Netherlands. The company's products are offered in the Middle East, South America, and Asia through dealers.

Additional information with respect to operations by geographic area appears i n Note 14 of the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report. Fluctuating exchange rates and factors beyond the control of the company, such as tariff and foreign economic policies, may affect future results of international operations. Refer to Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk , for further discussion regarding the company's foreign exchange risk.

Available Information
The company's annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports are made available free of charge through the “Investors” section of the company's internet website at www.hermanmiller.com , as soon as practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The company's filings with the SEC are also available for the public to read and copy in person at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, by phone at 1-800-SEC-0330, or via their internet website at www.sec.gov .

- 5 -



Item 1A RISK FACTORS

The following risk factors and other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be carefully considered. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face; others, either unforeseen or currently deemed less significant, may also have a negative impact on our company. If any of the following actually occurs, our business, operating results, cash flows, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Sustained downturn in the economy could adversely impact our access to capital.
The recent disruptions in the global economic and financial markets adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets, at times reducing the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole. Conditions such as these could re-emerge in the future. Accordingly, our ability to access the capital markets could be restricted at a time when we would like, or need, to access those markets, which could have an impact on our flexibility to react to changing economic and business conditions. The resulting lack of available credit, increased volatility in the financial markets and reduced business activity could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, our ability to take advantage of market opportunities and our ability to obtain and manage our liquidity. In addition, the cost of debt financing and the proceeds of equity financing may be materially and adversely impacted by these market conditions. The extent of any impact would depend on several factors, including our operating cash flows, the duration of tight credit conditions and volatile equity markets, our credit capacity, the cost of financing, and other general economic and business conditions. Our credit agreements contain performance covenants, such as a limit on the ratio of debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and limits on subsidiary debt and incurrence of liens. Although we believe none of these covenants are presently restrictive to our operations, our ability to meet the financial covenants can be affected by events beyond our control.

We may not be successful in implementing and managing our growth strategy.
We have established a growth strategy for the business based on a changing and evolving world. Through this strategy we are positioning the company to take advantage of existing markets, explore growth opportunities in new markets with supportive demographics, increase demand by addressing unmet needs, and expanding into areas that yield higher prospects for margins and profitability.

We ultimately aspire to create a lifestyle brand, and we intend to grow in certain targeted ways. First, we will invest in areas that increase our addressable markets across focused customer segments (such as healthcare, education, small and medium business, and consumer). Second, we will expand into emerging geographic markets that offer growth potential based upon their supportive demographics. Third, we will continue to invest in innovative products, which has been a hallmark of our success for many years. And finally, we will grow through targeted acquisitions.

While we have confidence that our strategic plan reflects opportunities that are appropriate and achievable and that we have anticipated and will manage the associated risks, there is the possibility that the strategy may not deliver the projected results due to inadequate execution, incorrect assumptions, sub-optimal resource allocation, or changing customer requirements.

There is no assurance that our current product and service offering will allow us to meet these goals. Accordingly, we believe we will be required to continually invest in the research, design, and development of new products and services. There is no assurance that such investments will have commercially successful results.

Certain growth opportunities may require us to invest in acquisitions, alliances, and the startup of new business ventures. These investments may not perform according to plan and may involve the assumption of business, operational, or other risks that are new to our business.

Future efforts to expand our business within developing economies, particularly within China and India, may expose us to the effects of political and economic instability. Such instability may impact our ability to compete for business. It may also put the availability and/or value of our capital investments within these regions at risk. These expansion efforts expose us to operating environments with complex, changing, and in some cases, inconsistently applied legal and regulatory requirements. Developing knowledge and understanding of these requirements poses a significant challenge, and failure to remain compliant with them could limit our ability to continue doing business in these locations.

Pursuing our strategic plan in new and adjacent markets, as well as within developing economies, will require us to find effective new channels of distribution. There is no assurance that we can develop or otherwise identify these channels of distribution.

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive, and we may not be successful in winning new business.
We are one of several companies competing for new business within the furniture industry. Many of our competitors offer similar categories of products, including office seating, systems and freestanding office furniture, casegoods, storage, and residential and healthcare furniture solutions. We believe that our innovative product design, functionality, quality, depth of knowledge, and strong network of distribution partners differentiates us in the marketplace. However, increased market pricing pressure could make it difficult for us to win new business with certain customers and within certain market segments at acceptable profit margins.


- 6 -



Adverse economic and industry conditions could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Customer demand within the contract office furniture industry is affected by various macro-economic factors; general corporate profitability, white-collar employment levels, new office construction rates, and existing office vacancy rates are among the most influential factors. History has shown that declines in these measures can have an adverse effect on overall office furniture demand. Additionally, factors and changes specific to our industry, such as developments in technology, governmental standards and regulations, and health and safety issues can influence demand. There are current and future economic and industry conditions, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, or financial condition.

Other macroeconomic developments, such as the recent recessions in Europe, the debt crisis in certain countries in the European Union, and the economic slow down in Asia could negatively affect the company's ability to conduct business in those geographies. The continuing debt crisis in certain European countries could cause the value of the Euro to deteriorate, reducing the purchasing power of the company's European customers and potentially undermine the financial health of the company's suppliers and customers in other parts of the world. Financial difficulties experienced by the company's suppliers and customers, including distributors, could result in product delays and inventory issues; risks to accounts receivable could result in delays in collection and greater bad debt expense.

Our business presence outside the United States exposes us to certain risks that could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We have significant manufacturing and sales operations in the United Kingdom, which represents our largest marketplace outside the United States. We also have manufacturing operations in China. Additionally, our products are sold internationally through wholly-owned subsidiaries or branches in various countries including Canada, Mexico, Brazil, France, Germany, Italy, Netherlands, Japan, Australia, Singapore, China, Hong Kong, and India. In certain other regions of the world, our products are offered primarily through independent dealerships.

Doing business internationally exposes us to certain risks, many of which are beyond our control and could potentially impact our ability to design, develop, manufacture, or sell products in certain countries. These factors could include, but would not necessarily be limited to:
Political, social, and economic conditions
Legal and regulatory requirements
Labor and employment practices
Cultural practices and norms
Natural disasters
Security and health concerns
Protection of intellectual property

In some countries, the currencies in which we import and export products can differ. Fluctuations in the rate of exchange between these currencies could negatively impact our business. Additionally, tariff and import regulations, international tax policies and rates, and changes in U.S. and international monetary policies may have an adverse impact on results of operations and financial condition.

Disruptions in the supply of raw and component materials could adversely affect our manufacturing and assembly operations.
We rely on outside suppliers to provide on-time shipments of the various raw materials and component parts used in our manufacturing and assembly processes. The timeliness of these deliveries is critical to our ability to meet customer demand. Any disruptions in this flow of delivery could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Increases in the market prices of manufacturing materials may negatively affect our profitability.
The costs of certain manufacturing materials used in our operations are sensitive to shifts in commodity market prices. In particular, the costs of steel, plastic, aluminum components, and particleboard are sensitive to the market prices of commodities such as raw steel, aluminum, crude oil, lumber, and resins. Increases in the market prices of these commodities may have an adverse impact on our profitability if we are unable to offset them with strategic sourcing, continuous improvement initiatives or increased prices to our customers.

Disruptions within our dealer network could adversely affect our business.
Our ability to manage existing relationships within our network of independent dealers is crucial to our ongoing success. Although the loss of any single dealer would not have a material adverse effect on the overall business, our business within a given market could be negatively affected by disruptions in our dealer network caused by the termination of commercial working relationships, ownership transitions, or dealer financial difficulties.

If dealers go out of business or restructure, we may suffer losses because they may not be able to pay for products already delivered to them. Also, dealers may experience financial difficulties, creating the need for outside financial support, which may not be easily obtained. In the past, we have, on occasion, agreed to provide direct financial assistance through term loans, lines of credit, and/or loan guarantees to certain dealers.
 

- 7 -



Increasing competition for highly skilled and talented workers could adversely affect our business.
The successful implementation of our business strategy depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain a skilled workforce. The increasing competition for highly skilled and talented employees could result in higher compensation costs, difficulties in maintaining a capable workforce, and leadership succession planning challenges.

Costs related to product defects could adversely affect our profitability.
We incur various expenses related to product defects, including product warranty costs, product recall and retrofit costs, and product liability costs. These expenses relative to product sales vary and could increase. We maintain reserves for product defect-related costs based on estimates and our knowledge of circumstances that indicate the need for such reserves. We cannot, however, be certain that these reserves will be adequate to cover actual product defect-related claims in the future. Any significant increase in the rate of our product defect expenses could have a material adverse effect on operations.

We are subject to risks associated with self-insurance related to health benefits.
We are self-insured for our health benefits and maintain per employee stop loss coverage; however, we retain the insurable risk at an aggregate level. Therefore unforeseen or catastrophic losses in excess of our insured limits could have a material adverse effect on the company’s financial condition and operating results. See Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the company’s retention level.

Government and other regulations could adversely affect our business.
Government and other regulations apply to the sale of many of our products. Failure to comply with these regulations or failure to obtain approval of products from certifying agencies could adversely affect the sales of these products and have a material negative impact on operating results.

Item 1B UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None

Item 2 PROPERTIES

The company owns or leases facilities located throughout the United States and several foreign countries. The location, square footage, and use of the most significant facilities at May 31, 2014 were as follows:

Owned Locations
Square
Footage

 
Use
Holland, Michigan
917,400

 
Manufacturing, Distribution, Warehouse, Design, Office
Spring Lake, Michigan
582,700

 
Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Zeeland, Michigan
750,800

 
Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Dongguan, China
224,019

 
Manufacturing, Distribution, Warehouse, Office
Sheboygan, Wisconsin
207,700

 
Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Hildebran, North Carolina
93,000

 
Manufacturing, Office
Bath, United Kingdom
85,000

 
Manufacturing, Office
 
 
 
 
Leased Locations
Square
Footage

 
Use
Atlanta, Georgia
176,700

 
Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Chippenham, United Kingdom
100,800

 
Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Ningbo, China
94,700

 
Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Hong Kong, China
104,402

 
Warehouse, Office
Yaphank, New York
92,000

 
Warehouse, Office

The company also maintains showrooms or sales offices near many major metropolitan areas throughout North America, Europe, Asia/Pacific, and Latin America. The company considers its existing facilities to be in good condition and adequate for its design, production, distribution, and selling requirements.


- 8 -



Item 3 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The company is involved in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcome of such proceedings and litigation currently pending will not materially affect the company’s consolidated operations, cash flows and financial condition.

ADDITIONAL ITEM: EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Certain information relating to Executive Officers of the company is as follows.
Name
Age
 
Year Elected an Executive Officer
Position with the Company
Gregory J. Bylsma
49
 
2009
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Steven C. Gane
59
 
2009
Senior Vice President, President, Geiger & Specialty/Consumer
Donald D. Goeman
57
 
2005
Executive Vice President, Research, Design & Development
Jeffrey L. Kurburski
48
 
2014
Vice President, Information Technology
Andrew J. Lock
60
 
2003
Executive Vice President, President, International
H. Timothy Lopez
43
 
2014
Senior Vice President, Legal Services and Secretary
Louise McDonald
59
 
2013
Executive Vice President, President, Healthcare
Curtis S. Pullen
54
 
2007
Executive Vice President, President, North American Office and Learning Environments
Michael F. Ramirez
49
 
2011
Senior Vice President, People, Places and Administration
Jeffrey M. Stutz
43
 
2009
Treasurer and Chief Accounting Officer
Brian C. Walker
52
 
1996
President and Chief Executive Officer
B. Ben Watson
49
 
2010
Executive Creative Director

Except as discussed below, each of the named officers has served the company in an executive capacity for more than five years.

Mr. Bylsma joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 2000 as Director of Reporting & Planning for North America prior to being appointed Corporate Controller in 2005.

Mr. Gane joined Herman Miller in 2007 as President of Geiger International. Prior to this he worked for Furniture Brands International for 16 years serving mostly as President of HBF.

Mr. Kurburski joined Herman Miller in 1990. He served as Director of IT, Herman Miller Casegoods from 1998 to 2003, Director of IT Infrastructure from 2003 to 2007, and has served in his current capacity of Vice President of Information Technology since 2007.

Mr. Lopez joined Herman Miller in 2012 and serves as Senior Vice President of Legal Services, General Counsel and Secretary. Prior to this he was an Associate General Counsel with A. O. Smith Corporation from 2008 to 2012 and Senior Staff Attorney to Kohler Co. from 2002 to 2008.

Ms. McDonald joined Herman Miller in 2013 as President of Healthcare, and prior to this she worked for Welch Allyn for 31 years serving mostly as an Executive Vice President.

Mr. Ramirez joined Herman Miller in 1998 and served as Director of Purchasing from 1998 to 2005, Vice President of Inclusiveness and Diversity from 2005 to 2009, and Vice President of Sales Operations from 2009 to 2011.

Mr. Stutz joined Herman Miller in 2009 as Treasurer and Vice President, Investor Relations. Previously he served as Chief Financial Officer for Izzy Designs Inc., subsequent to holding various positions within Herman Miller finance.

Mr. Watson joined Herman Miller in 2010 as Executive Creative Director, and prior to this he served as Managing Director and CEO of Moroso USA. Prior to this Mr. Watson served in creative roles as Global Creative Director of Apparel at Nike, and Global Marketing Director at Vitra.

There are no family relationships between or among the above-named executive officers. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of the above-named officers pursuant to which any of them was named an officer.


- 9 -




Item 4 MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES - Not applicable


- 10 -



PART II

Item 5 MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Share Price, Earnings, and Dividends Summary
Herman Miller, Inc., common stock is traded on the NASDAQ-Global Select Market System (Symbol: MLHR). As of July 24, 2014, there we re approximately 20,000 record holders, including individual participants in security position listings, of the company's common stock.

Per Share and Unaudited


 
Market
Price
High
(at close)

 
Market
Price
Low
(at close)

 
Market
Price
Close

 
Earnings (loss)
Per Share-
Diluted (1)  

 
Dividends
Declared Per
Share

Year ended May 31, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First quarter
$
29.13

 
$
25.47

 
$
25.47

 
$
0.38

 
$
0.125

Second quarter
31.91

 
25.56

 
31.91

 
(1.37
)
 
0.125

Third quarter
30.95

 
26.47

 
28.18

 
0.33

 
0.140

Fourth quarter
32.43

 
27.83

 
31.27

 
0.28

 
0.140

Year
$
32.43

 
$
25.47

 
$
31.27

 
$
(0.37
)
 
$
0.530

Year ended June 1, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First quarter
$
20.24

 
$
16.35

 
$
19.56

 
$
0.34

 
$
0.090

Second quarter
21.73

 
18.58

 
21.12

 
0.14

 
0.090

Third quarter
24.96

 
20.61

 
24.20

 
0.28

 
0.125

Fourth quarter
28.17

 
23.58

 
28.11

 
0.40

 
0.125

Year
$
28.17

 
$
16.35

 
$
28.11

 
$
1.16

 
$
0.430


(1) The sum of the quarters may not equal the annual balance due to rounding associated with the calculation of earnings per share on an individual quarter basis

Dividends were declared and paid quarterly during fiscal 2014 and 2013 as approved by the Board of Directors. While it is anticipated that the company will continue to pay quarterly cash dividends, the amount and timing of such dividends is subject to the discretion of the Board depending on the company's future results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, and other relevant factors.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following is a summary of share repurchase activity during the fourth quarter ended May 31, 2014 .
Period
(a) Total Number of
 Shares (or Units) Purchased

 
(b) Average Price Paid
 per Share or Unit

 
(c) Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased as Part of
 Publicly Announced
 Plans or Programs

 
(d) Maximum Number (or
 Approximate Dollar
 Value) of Shares (or
 Units) that May Yet be
 Purchased Under the
 Plans or Programs (1)  

3/2/14-3/29/14
76

 
28.43

 
76

 
$
158,747,587

3/30/14-4/26/14
247,510

 
32.41

 
247,510

 
$
150,725,365

4/27/14-5/31/14
13,573

 
30.51

 
13,573

 
$
150,311,218

Total
261,159

 
32.31

 
261,159

 
 

(1) Amounts are as of the end of the period indicated


- 11 -



The company has a share repurchase plan authorized by the Board of Directors on September 28, 2007, which provided share repurchase authorization of $300,000,000 with no specified expiration date.

No repurchase plans expired or were terminated during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 .

During the period covered by this report, the company did not sell any of its equity shares that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933.

Stockholder Return Performance Graph
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total stockholder return on the company's common stock with that of the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index and the NASD Non-Financial Index for the five-year period ended May 31, 2014 . The graph assumes an investment of $100 on May 31, 2009 in the company's common stock, the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index and the NASD Non-Financial Index, with dividends reinvested.

 
2009

 
2010

 
2011

 
2012

 
2013

 
2014

Herman Miller, Inc.
$
100

 
$
137

 
$
178

 
$
132

 
$
208

 
$
232

S&P 500 Index
$
100

 
$
119

 
$
145

 
$
139

 
$
177

 
$
209

NASD Non-Financial
$
100

 
$
128

 
$
163

 
$
164

 
$
203

 
$
253


Information required by this item is also contained in Item 12 of this report.


- 12 -



Item 6 SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Review of Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In millions, except key ratios and per share data)
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Operating Results
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
1,882.0

 
$
1,774.9

 
$
1,724.1

 
$
1,649.2

 
$
1,318.8

Gross margin
631.0

 
605.2

 
590.6

 
538.1

 
428.5

Selling, general, and administrative (8)
590.8

 
430.4

 
400.3

 
369.0

 
334.4

Design and research
65.9

 
59.9

 
52.7

 
45.8

 
40.5

Operating earnings (loss)
(25.7
)
 
114.9

 
137.6

 
123.3

 
53.6

Earnings (loss) before income taxes
(43.4
)
 
97.2

 
119.5

 
102.5

 
34.8

Net earnings (loss)
(22.1
)
 
68.2

 
75.2

 
70.8

 
28.3

Cash flow from operating activities
90.1

 
136.5

 
90.1

 
89.0

 
98.7

Cash flow used in investing activities
(48.2
)
 
(209.7
)
 
(58.4
)
 
(31.4
)
 
(77.6
)
Cash flow used in financing activities
(22.4
)
 
(16.0
)
 
(1.6
)
 
(50.2
)
 
(78.9
)
Depreciation and amortization
42.4

 
37.5

 
37.2

 
39.1

 
42.6

Capital expenditures
40.8

 
50.2

 
28.5

 
30.5

 
22.3

Common stock repurchased plus cash dividends paid
43.0

 
22.7

 
7.9

 
6.0

 
5.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales growth (decline)
6.0
 %
 
2.9
 %
 
4.5
%
 
25.1
%
 
(19.1
)%
Gross margin (1)
33.5

 
34.1

 
34.3

 
32.6

 
32.5

Selling, general, and administrative (1) (8)
31.4

 
24.3

 
23.2

 
22.4

 
25.4

Design and research (1)
3.5

 
3.4

 
3.1

 
2.8

 
3.1

Operating earnings (1)
(1.4
)
 
6.5

 
8.0

 
7.5

 
4.1

Net earnings growth (decline)
(132.4
)
 
(9.3
)
 
6.2

 
150.2

 
(58.4
)
After-tax return on net sales (4)
(1.2
)
 
3.8

 
4.4

 
4.3

 
2.1

After-tax return on average assets (5)
(2.3
)
 
7.6

 
9.1

 
9.0

 
3.7

After-tax return on average equity (6)
(6.4
)%
 
24.0
 %
 
33.2
%
 
49.7
%
 
64.2
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share and Per Share Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss) per share-diluted
$
(0.37
)
 
$
1.16

 
$
1.29

 
$
1.06

 
$
0.43

Cash dividends declared per share
0.53

 
0.43

 
0.09

 
0.09

 
0.09

Book value per share at year end
6.27

 
5.44

 
4.25

 
3.53

 
1.41

Market price per share at year end
31.27

 
28.11

 
17.87

 
24.56

 
19.23

Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted
59.0

 
58.8

 
58.5

 
57.7

 
57.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Condition
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
990.9

 
$
946.5

 
$
839.1

 
$
808.0

 
$
770.6

Working capital (3)
145.7

 
109.3

 
201.6

 
205.9

 
182.9

Current ratio (2)
1.3

 
1.4

 
1.8

 
1.8

 
1.3

Interest-bearing debt and related swap agreements
250.0

 
250.0

 
250.0

 
250.0

 
301.2

Stockholders' equity
372.1

 
319.5

 
248.3

 
205.0

 
80.1

Total capital (7)
622.1

 
569.5

 
498.3

 
455.0

 
381.3

(1) Shown as a percent of net sales.
(2) Calculated using current assets divided by current liabilities.
(3) Calculated using current assets less non-interest bearing current liabilities.
(4) Calculated as net earnings (loss) divided by net sales.
(5) Calculated as net earnings (loss) divided by average assets.
(6) Calculated as net earnings (loss) divided by average equity.
(7) Calculated as interest-bearing debt plus stockholders' equity.
(8) Selling, general, and administrative expenses includes restructuring and impairment expenses in years that are applicable.

- 13 -




 
Review of Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In millions, except key ratios and per share data)
2009
 
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
Operating Results
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
1,630.0

 
$
2,012.1

 
$
1,918.9

 
$
1,737.2

 
$
1,515.6

Gross margin
527.7

 
698.7

 
645.9

 
574.8

 
489.8

Selling, general, and administrative (8)
359.2

 
400.9

 
395.8

 
371.7

 
327.7

Design and research
45.7

 
51.2

 
52.0

 
45.4

 
40.2

Operating earnings
122.8

 
246.6

 
198.1

 
157.7

 
121.9

Earnings before income taxes
98.9

 
230.4

 
187.0

 
147.6

 
112.8

Net earnings
68.0

 
152.3

 
129.1

 
99.2

 
68.0

Cash flow from operating activities
91.7

 
213.6

 
137.7

 
150.4

 
109.3

Cash flow used in investing activities
(29.5
)
 
(51.0
)
 
(37.4
)
 
(47.6
)
 
(40.1
)
Cash flow used in financing activities
(16.5
)
 
(86.5
)
 
(131.5
)
 
(151.4
)
 
(106.6
)
Depreciation and amortization
41.7

 
43.2

 
41.2

 
41.6

 
46.9

Capital expenditures
25.3

 
40.5

 
41.3

 
50.8

 
34.9

Common stock repurchased plus cash dividends paid
19.5

 
287.9

 
185.6

 
175.4

 
152.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales growth (decline)
(19.0
)%
 
4.9
%
 
10.5
%
 
14.6
%
 
13.2
%
Gross margin (1)
32.4

 
34.7

 
33.7

 
33.1

 
32.3

Selling, general, and administrative (1) (8)
22.0

 
19.9

 
20.6

 
21.4

 
21.6

Design and research (1)
2.8

 
2.5

 
2.7

 
2.6

 
2.7

Operating earnings (1)
7.5

 
12.3

 
10.3

 
9.1

 
8.0

Net earnings growth (decline)
(55.4
)
 
18.0

 
30.1

 
45.9

 
60.8

After-tax return on net sales (4)
4.2

 
7.6

 
6.7

 
5.7

 
4.5

After-tax return on average assets (5)
8.8

 
21.0

 
19.4

 
14.4

 
9.6

After-tax return on average equity (6)
433.1
 %
 
170.5
%
 
87.9
%
 
64.2
%
 
37.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share and Per Share Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per share-diluted
$
1.25

 
$
2.56

 
$
1.98

 
$
1.45

 
$
0.96

Cash dividends declared per share
0.29

 
0.35

 
0.33

 
0.31

 
0.29

Book value per share at year end
0.15

 
0.42

 
2.47

 
2.10

 
2.45

Market price per share at year end
14.23

 
24.80

 
36.53

 
30.34

 
29.80

Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted
54.5

 
59.6

 
65.1

 
68.5

 
70.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Condition
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
767.3

 
$
783.2

 
$
666.2

 
$
668.0

 
$
707.8

Working capital (3)
243.7

 
182.7

 
103.2

 
93.8

 
162.3

Current ratio (2)
1.6

 
1.6

 
1.4

 
1.3

 
1.5

Interest-bearing debt and related swap agreements
377.4

 
375.5

 
176.2

 
178.8

 
194.0

Stockholders' equity
8.0

 
23.4

 
155.3

 
138.4

 
170.5

Total capital (7)
385.4

 
398.9

 
331.5

 
317.2

 
364.5




- 14 -



Item 7 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Management's Discussion and Analysis
You should read the issues discussed in Management's Discussion and Analysis in conjunction with the company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K.

Executive Overview
Herman Miller’s inspiring designs, inventive technologies and strategic services help people do great things and organizations to perform at their best. At present, most of our customers come to us for interior environments in corporate office and healthcare settings. We also have a growing presence in educational and consumer markets. Our primary products include furniture systems, seating, storage, freestanding furniture, healthcare environment products, casegoods and textiles.

More than 100 years of innovative business practices and a commitment to social responsibility have established Herman Miller as a recognized global company. A past recipient of the Smithsonian Institution's Cooper-Hewitt National Design Award, Herman Miller designs can be found in the permanent collections of museums worldwide. In 2013, Herman Miller again received the Human Rights Campaign Foundation’s top rating in its annual Corporate Equality Index and was named among the 50 Best U.S. Manufacturers by Industry Week.  Herman Miller is included in the Dow Jones Sustainability World Index.

Herman Miller's products are sold internationally through wholly-owned subsidiaries or branches in various countries including the United Kingdom, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Australia, Singapore, China, Hong Kong, India, and the Netherlands. The company's products are offered elsewhere in the world primarily through independent dealerships or joint ventures with customers in over 100 countries.

The company is globally positioned in terms of manufacturing operations. In the United States, the manufacturing operations are located in Michigan, Georgia, Wisconsin and North Carolina. In Europe, the manufacturing presence is located within the United Kingdom. The manufacturing operations in Asia include facilities located in Dongguan and Ningbo, China. The company manufactures products using a system of lean manufacturing techniques collectively referred to as the Herman Miller Performance System (HMPS). Herman Miller strives to maintain efficiencies and cost savings by minimizing the amount of inventory on hand. Accordingly, production is order-driven with direct materials and components purchased as needed to meet demand. The standard lead time for the majority of our products is 10 to 20 days. These factors result in a high rate of inventory turns and typically cause our inventory levels to appear relatively low compared to sales volume.

A key element of the company's manufacturing strategy is to limit fixed production costs by sourcing component parts from strategic suppliers. This strategy has allowed the company to increase the variable nature of our cost structure while retaining proprietary control over those production processes that we believe provide us a competitive advantage. As a result of this strategy, our manufacturing operations are largely assembly-based.

The business is comprised of various operating segments as defined by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP). The operating segments are determined on the basis of how the company internally reports and evaluates financial information used to make operating decisions. For external reporting purposes, the company has identified the following reportable segments:

North American Furniture Solutions — Includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture, and sale of furniture products for work-related settings, including office, education, and healthcare environments, throughout the United States and Canada. The North American Furniture Solutions reportable segment is the aggregation of two operating segments. In addition, the company has determined that both operating segments within the North American Furniture Solutions reportable segment represent reporting units.

ELA Furniture Solution s — During fiscal 2014, the company renamed its international reportable business segment ELA Furniture Solutions in order to better describe the geographic regions it serves, which include EMEA, Latin America, and Asia-Pacific. Prior to this name change, the company referred to this segment as "Non-North America." ELA Furniture Solutions includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture, and sale of furniture products, primarily for work-related settings, in these aforementioned geographic regions

Specialty and Consumer — Includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture, and sale of high-end furniture products and textiles including Geiger wood products, Maharam textiles, Herman Miller Collection products and the company's North American consumer retail business.

The company also reports a corporate category consisting primarily of unallocated corporate expenses including restructuring and impairment costs.


- 15 -



Core Strengths
The company relies on the following core strengths in delivering workplace solutions to customers.

Brands - The Herman Miller brand is recognized by customers as a pioneer in design and sustainability, and as an advocate that supports their needs and interests. Within the industries the company operates, Herman Miller, Nemschoff, Geiger, Maharam, POSH, and Colbrook Bosson Saunders (CBS) are acknowledged as leading brands that inspire architects and designers to create their best design solutions. Leveraging the company's brand equity across the lines of business to extend the company's reach to customers and consumers is an important element of the company's business strategy.
Problem-Solving Design and Innovation - The company is committed to developing research-based functionality and aesthetically innovative new products and has a history of doing so, in collaboration with a global network of leading independent designers. The company believes its skills and experience in matching problem-solving design with the workplace needs of customers provides the company with a competitive advantage in the marketplace. An important component of the company's business strategy is to actively pursue a program of new product research, design, and development. The company accomplishes this through the use of an internal research and engineering staff, engaging with third party design resources generally compensated on a royalty basis.
Operational Excellence - The company was among the first in our industry to embrace the concepts of lean manufacturing. HMPS provides the foundation for all of our manufacturing operations. The company is committed to continuously improving both product quality and production and operational efficiency. The company has extended this lean process work to its non-manufacturing processes as well as externally to our manufacturing supply chain and distribution channel. The company believes these concepts hold significant promise for further gains in reliability, quality and efficiency.
Building and Leading Networks - The company values relationships in all areas of the business. The company considers its network of innovative designers, owned and independent dealers, and suppliers to be among the most important competitive factors and vital to the long-term success of the business.

Channels of Distribution
The company's products and services are offered to most of its customers under standard trade credit terms between 30 and 45 days and are sold through the following distribution channels.

Independent Contract Furniture Dealers - Most of the company's product sales are made to a network of independently owned and operated contract furniture dealerships doing business in many countries around the world. These dealers purchase the company's products and distribute them to end customers. The company recognizes revenue on product sales through this channel once products are shipped and title passes to the dealer. Many of these dealers also offer furniture-related services, including product installation.
Owned Contract Furniture Dealers - At May 31, 2014 , the company owned 3 contract furniture dealerships, some of which have operations in multiple locations. The financial results of these owned dealers are included in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Product sales to these dealerships are eliminated as inter-company transactions from our consolidated financial results. The company recognizes revenue on these sales once products are shipped to the end customer and installation is substantially complete. The company believes independent ownership of contract furniture dealers is generally the best model for a financially strong distribution network. With this in mind, the company's strategy is to continue to pursue opportunities to transition the remaining owned dealerships to independent owners. Where possible, the goal is to involve local managers in these ownership transitions.
Direct Customer Sales - The company also sells products and services directly to end customers without an intermediary (e.g. sales to the U.S. federal government). In most of these instances, the company contracts separately with a dealership or third-party installation company to provide sales-related services. The company recognizes revenue on these sales once products are shipped and installation is substantially complete.
Independent Retailers - Certain products are sold to end customers through independent retail operations. Revenue is recognized on these sales once products are shipped and title passes to the independent retailer.
E-Commerce - The company sells products through its online store, in which products are available for sale via the company's website, hermanmiller.com. This site complements our existing methods of distribution and extends the company's brand to new customers. The company recognizes revenue on these sales upon shipment of the product.

Challenges Ahead
Like all businesses, the company is faced with a host of challenges and risks. The company believes its core strengths and values, which provide the foundation for its strategic direction, have us well prepared to respond to the inevitable challenges the company will face in the future. While the company is confident in its direction, the company acknowledges the risks specific to the business and industry. Refer to Item 1A for discussion of certain of these risk factors.


- 16 -



Future Avenues of Growth
In spite of the risks and challenges it faces, the company believes it's well positioned to successfully pursue its mission: Inspiring designs to help people do great things. To find opportunities for growth, at Herman Miller we're always examining the ways in which the world is changing and evolving. This helps us better meet the needs of our customers and ultimately, to exceed their expectations. We have identified 3 areas of fundamental social and technological change that are informing our business strategy.

Globalization & Demographics — Demographic shifts in the global workforce are significantly changing how and where value creation happens. Not only will the millennial generation overtake the majority representation of the workforce by 2015, but economies that once relied on industrial production are increasingly becoming driven by knowledge work.
Inherently Global & Seamlessly Digital — The ubiquity of technology allows people to connect with other people, content, work, businesses, and ideas wherever and whenever they want. This means the way people work is changing, where people work is changing, and how people work with each other is changing.
The Era of Ideas — With the ongoing optimization of industrial production and information sharing, the demand for more innovative business solutions increases. The global focus of work is shifting to the successful generation and deployment of new ideas. As creativity and idea generation drive greater value - people, not process, provide the distinguishing capability. In this shift, workplaces are fundamentally changing from standardized and process-driven designs to diverse places that harness human capability, creativity, and relationships.

We have developed a strategy to grow our business by shifting our focus in four fundamental ares in response to these changes. Through these shifts we are positioning the company to take advantage of existing markets, explore growth opportunities in new markets with supportive demographics, increase demand by addressing unmet needs, and expanding into areas that yield higher prospects for margins and profitability. The four fundamental shifts are described below:

From Product Centric to Solutions — The first strategic shift is to move from a product centric focus to one based upon delivering broader solutions to our customers. Herman Miller is retooling its core business to speak to customers with fresh insights, to spur new demand, and to change the game with unique solutions and services.
From North America Centric to Global — The second shift in our strategy aims to transform the business into a truly global organization. Herman Miller has a solid existing customer base, but we see fantastic opportunity in emerging markets with supportive demographics. We’re positioning ourselves to take maximum advantage of these shifts.
From The Office to Everywhere — We describe the third fundamental strategic shift as moving from the office to everywhere. Herman Miller envisions continued leadership and viability in the contract furniture industry, but also sees distinct targeted opportunities through focused market segmentation. We envision a total offering for customers to enable “a lifestyle of purpose.”
From Industry brand to Industry + Consumer brand — The fourth shift in our strategy involves our ambition to expand the connection of our powerful brand more directly with the consumers of our products. With a legacy of decades of design leadership, Herman Miller is a brand that people desire and want to know. We envision a business that harnesses our brand vision to pull consumers to us.

We ultimately aspire to create a lifestyle brand, and we intend to grow in targeted ways. First, we will invest in areas that increase our addressable markets across focused customer segments (such as healthcare, education, small and medium business, and consumer). Second, we will expand into emerging geographic markets that offer growth potential based upon their supportive demographics. Third, we will continue to invest in innovative products, which has been a hallmark of our success for many years. And finally, we will grow through targeted acquisitions.

Industry Analysis
The Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association (BIFMA) is the trade association for the U.S. domestic office furniture industry. The company monitors the trade statistics reported by BIFMA and considers them an indicator of industry-wide sales and order performance. BIFMA publishes statistical data for the contract segment and the office supply segment within the U.S. furniture market. The U.S. contract segment relates primarily to large to mid-size corporations installed via a network of dealers. The office supply segment relates primarily to smaller customers via wholesalers and retailers. The company primarily participates, and is a leader in, the contract segment. The company's diversification strategy lessens our dependence on the U.S. office furniture market.

The company also analyzes BIFMA statistical information as a benchmark comparison against the performance of the domestic U.S. business and also to that of competitors. The timing of large project-based business may affect comparisons to this data in any one period. Finally, BIFMA regularly provides its members with industry forecast information, which the company uses internally as one of several considerations in its short and long-range planning process.

Looking forward, the general economic outlook for our industry in the U.S. is expected to be positive. BIFMA issued its most recent report in May 2014, which forecasts that the growth rate of office furniture orders in the U.S. will be 4.9 percent and 9.5 percent in calendar 2014 and 2015, respectively, while the growth rate of shipments will be 4.8 percent and 8.8 percent for calendar 2014 and 2015, respectively. This forecasted growth is based on an improvement in the U.S. economy, primarily driven by an improvement in employment and non-residential construction.

- 17 -



Discussion of Business Conditions
We finished fiscal 2014 with net sales of $1,882.0 million , which is an increase of 6.0 percent from fiscal 2013. The largest contributor to the growth in sales during the year was the recent acquisition of Maharam, which continues to prove its strategic value and operational excellence. Compared to the prior fiscal year, Maharam provided additional sales of approximately $96.5 million to our fiscal 2014 results. In addition to the integration and strong performance of Maharam, we made significant progress in a number of other important areas, including acquiring the manufacturing capabilities of POSH - our Chinese affiliate, continuing to build momentum on our Living Office initiative, and completing our plan to reduce balance sheet volatility by restructuring our retirement plans.

This year marked an important strategic step in expanding our international market coverage and fulfillment capability by completing the acquisition of a manufacturing and distribution operation in Dongguan, China. Going forward, this provides us with expanded operational capabilities and an established workforce of more than 850 employees to serve China and greater Asia. We also furthered our shift to solution-centered environments through the advancement of our Living Office initiative. At NeoCon, we displayed our Living Office, earning the International Interior Design Association’s award for best large showroom. We also contributed approximately $48.8 million in order to complete the termination of our domestic defined benefit pension plan, improving the health of our balance sheet and giving us greater control and visibility of retirement plan costs to make further strategic investments and return more cash to our shareholders. To that end, we increased our quarterly shareholder dividend by 12% to $0.14 per share during the third quarter of fiscal 2014. This represented the third such action in the past two years, over which time we’ve raised the dividend payout by more than 500%. In spite of the increased spending related to the strategic initiative surrounding the pension termination, we delivered solid cash flows from operations of $90.1 million for fiscal 2014.

The results for fiscal 2014 reflect restructuring and impairment charges of $26.5 million . Of this amount, $21.4 million related to the impairment of intangible asset values associated with our Nemschoff and POSH trade names. This partial write-down of asset carrying values was required based upon our assessment of forecasted sales and earnings performance for these businesses - both of which continue to grow and contribute profits, though not to levels initially forecasted at their respective acquisition dates. It is important to note that the purchase consideration for both the POSH and Nemschoff acquisitions included forms of contingent consideration that decreased in value significantly, subsequent to their respective acquisition dates. This resulted in net purchase consideration that was markedly lower than the initial purchase accounting would have indicated for both POSH and Nemschoff. In short, the impairment expenses were largely offset by cumulative life-to-date reductions in the amounts potentially owed under the contingent consideration provisions.

Our North American Furniture Solutions segment continued to experience headwinds from reductions in U.S. federal government spending, as fiscal 2014 sales were lower than fiscal 2013 sales by approximately $12.0 million. However, U.S. federal government orders for the third and fourth quarters both showed year over year improvements, which was clearly a welcome sign to the business.

ELA Furniture Solutions experienced mixed demand in its markets, with strong sales in Europe, particularly the United Kingdom (U.K.), as well as Latin America. This was partially offset by lagging sales in the Asia Pacific region. Overall, we are generally encouraged by the improving fundamentals in Europe and parts of Asia, as well as the opportunities that we are seeing in Mexico and greater Latin America.

Our Specialty and Consumer segment posted solid sales growth this fiscal year, driven principally by Maharam. However, sales for the segment grew organically as well, through the continued growth of Herman Miller Collection and our consumer focused business, which sells through independent retail distributors and our own e-commerce platforms. The investments we've made in the continued development of our channels to market, including the investment in our online marketing and fulfillment capabilities, have been a primary factor in this growth.

Subsequent to the end of the fiscal year, we made a significant move in expanding our reach into the consumer market with the acquisition of Design Within Reach, Inc. The transaction closed on July 28, 2014 and additional information is available in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As we head into fiscal year 2015, there are a number of encouraging signs within the macroeconomic environment of the business. In North America, we are encouraged by what continues to be a generally improving economic backdrop that is highlighted by healthy service sector employment levels, stabilizing U.S. federal government demand, positive trends in non-residential construction, and an improvement in the AIA Architecture Billings Index. Internationally the picture also appears to be improving, with more encouraging signals from the UK and Europe and greater stability in parts of Asia. Of course there are still areas of concern, particularly given the unfolding geopolitical events in the Ukraine and more recently the Middle East. In total, however, we appear to be in a period of improving industry dynamics and are optimistic about the overall direction and momentum of the business.

- 18 -



Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This report contains Adjusted operating earnings measures and Adjusted earnings per share diluted that are Non-GAAP financial measures. Adjusted operating earnings and Adjusted earnings per share diluted are calculated by excluding from Operating earnings and Earnings per share diluted items that we believe are not indicative of our ongoing operating performance. Such items consist of the following:
Expenses associated with restructuring actions taken to adjust our cost structure to the current business climate
Transition-related expenses, including amortization and settlement expenses, relating to defined benefit pension plans that we have terminated
Increases in cost of sales related to the fair value step-up of inventories acquired
Non-cash impairment expenses, and
Changes in contingent consideration

We present Adjusted operating earnings and Adjusted earnings per share diluted because we consider them to be important supplemental measures of our performance and believe them to be useful in analyzing ongoing results from operations. Adjusted operating earnings and Adjusted earnings per share diluted are not measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered an alternative to Operating earnings (loss) and Earnings (loss) per share diluted under GAAP. Adjusted operating earnings and Adjusted earnings per share diluted have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. In addition, in evaluating Adjusted operating earnings and Adjusted earnings per share diluted, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses similar to the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of Adjusted operating earnings and Adjusted earnings per share diluted should not be construed as an indication that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or infrequent items. We compensate for these limitations by providing prominence of our GAAP results and using Adjusted operating earnings and Adjusted earnings per share diluted only as a supplement.

The following table reconciles Operating earnings (loss) to Adjusted operating earnings for the years indicated.
 
Fiscal Year Ended
(Dollars In millions)
May 31, 2014
June 1, 2013
Operating earnings (loss)
$
(25.7
)
$
114.9

Percentage of net sales
(1.4
)%
6.5
%
Add: Restructuring and impairment expense
26.5

1.2

Add: Inventory step-up
1.4


Add: Legacy pension expenses (1)
164.4

28.2

Less: POSH contingent consideration
(2.6
)

Adjusted operating earnings
$
164.0

$
144.3

Percentage of net sales
8.7
 %
8.1
%

The following table reconciles Earnings (loss) per share diluted to Adjusted earnings per share diluted for the years indicated.
 
Fiscal Year Ended
 
May 31, 2014
June 1, 2013
Earnings (loss) per share – diluted
$
(0.37
)
$
1.16

Add: Restructuring and impairment expense
0.32

0.01

Add: Inventory step-up
0.01


Add: Legacy pension expenses  (1)
1.76

0.30

Less: POSH contingent consideration
(0.04
)

Adjusted earnings per share – diluted
$
1.68

$
1.47


(1) At the end of fiscal 2012, the company modified the asset allocations strategy of its U.S. defined benefit pension plans. This change was made in response to the decision to close and ultimately terminate these plans. Legacy pension expenses are included as an adjustment to Operating earnings (loss) and Earnings (loss) per share – diluted only in periods subsequent to this change in allocation.


- 19 -



Financial Results
The following is a comparison of our annual results of operations and year-over-year percentage changes for the periods indicated.
(Dollars In millions)
 
Fiscal 2014
 
% Change from 2013
 
Fiscal 2013
 
% Change from 2012
 
Fiscal 2012
52 weeks
 
 
52 weeks
 
 
53 weeks
Net sales
$
1,882.0

 
6.0
 %
 
$
1,774.9

 
2.9
 %
 
$
1,724.1

Cost of sales
1,251.0

 
7.0
 %
 
1,169.7

 
3.2
 %
 
1,133.5

Gross margin
631.0

 
4.3
 %
 
605.2

 
2.5
 %
 
590.6

Operating expenses
656.7

 
33.9
 %
 
490.3

 
8.2
 %
 
453.0

Operating earnings (loss)
(25.7
)
 
(122.4
)%
 
114.9

 
(16.5
)%
 
137.6

Net other expenses
17.7

 
 %
 
17.7

 
(2.2
)%
 
18.1

Earnings (loss) before income taxes
(43.4
)
 
(144.7
)%
 
97.2

 
(18.7
)%
 
119.5

Income tax expense (benefit)
(21.2
)
 
(173.4
)%
 
28.9

 
(34.8
)%
 
44.3

Equity income (loss) from nonconsolidated affiliates, net of tax
0.1

 
200.0
 %
 
(0.1
)
 
 %
 

Net earnings (loss)
$
(22.1
)
 
(132.4
)%
 
$
68.2

 
(9.3
)%
 
$
75.2


The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the components of the company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income as a percentage of net sales.
 
Fiscal 2014
 
Fiscal 2013
 
Fiscal 2012
Net sales
100.0
 %
 
100.0
%
 
100.0
%
Cost of sales
66.5

 
65.9

 
65.7

Gross margin
33.5

 
34.1

 
34.3

Selling, general, and administrative expenses
30.0

 
24.2

 
22.9

Restructuring and impairment expenses
1.4

 
0.1

 
0.3

Design and research expenses
3.5

 
3.4

 
3.1

Total operating expenses
34.9

 
27.6

 
26.3

Operating earnings (loss)
(1.4
)
 
6.5

 
8.0

Net other expenses
0.9

 
1.0

 
1.0

Earnings (loss) before income taxes
(2.3
)
 
5.5

 
6.9

Income tax expense (benefit)
(1.1
)
 
1.6

 
2.6

Net earnings (loss)
(1.2
)
 
3.8

 
4.4


Net Sales, Orders, and Backlog - Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013
For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2014 , consolidated net sales increased $107.1 million to $1,882.0 million from $1,774.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 1, 2013 . The acquisition of Maharam Fabric Corporation (Maharam) increased net sales by approximately $96.5 million versus the prior fiscal year. The impact of dealer divestitures throughout fiscal 2014 had the effect of reducing sales approximately $25.6 million compared to fiscal 2013. The overall impact of foreign currency changes for the fiscal year was to decrease net sales by approximately $8.9 million. The company has also experienced a $12 million decrease in sales volumes to the U.S. federal government as compared to fiscal 2013. The impact of net changes in pricing is estimated to have had a $10.5 million increase on net sales during fiscal 2014. The remaining increase compared to fiscal 2013 was driven by increased volumes. The increase in volumes was not driven by any single factor, but rather, was due mainly to an improvement in general economic factors, primarily in the North America and ELA business segments.


- 20 -



The following table presents the quantification of the changes in net sales from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014.
(In millions)
 
Fiscal 2013 Net sales
$
1,774.9

Maharam acquisition
96.5

Dealer divestitures
(25.6
)
Impact from foreign currency
(8.9
)
Net changes in pricing
10.5

U.S. federal government volumes
(12.0
)
Change in sales - general
46.6

Fiscal 2014 Net sales
$
1,882.0


Consolidated net trade orders for fiscal 2014 totaled $1,917.7 million compared to $1,771.6 million in fiscal 2013 , an increase of 8.2 percent . Order rates began the year at a steady pace with orders averaging approximately $36 million per week for the first quarter and $39 million per week for the second quarter. For the third quarter, weekly order rates decreased back down to average approximately $36 million per week, which is consistent with the company's typical seasonal slowdown. The fourth quarter finished the year with average weekly order rates increasing to approximately $37 million. The weekly order pacing in the third quarter and the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 was impacted by the price increase that was announced during the third quarter. This caused approximately $22 million of orders that otherwise would have been entered in the fourth quarter, to be entered in the third quarter. When adjusting for this impact, the weekly pacing of orders for the third quarter and fourth quarter was $34 million per week and $39 million per week, respectively. The overall impact of foreign currency changes for the fiscal year decreased net orders by approximately $9.6 million.

Our backlog of unfilled orders at the end of fiscal 2014 totaled $306.4 million , a 11.7 percent increase from the $274.4 million of backlog at the end of fiscal 2013 .

BIFMA reported an estimated year-over-year increase in U.S. office furniture shipments of approximately 1.2 percent for the twelve-month period ended May 2014. By comparison, the net sales increased for the company's domestic U.S. business by approximately 3.0 percent. The company believes that while comparisons to BIFMA are important, the company continues to pursue a strategy of revenue diversification that makes us less reliant on the drivers that impact BIFMA.

Net Sales, Orders, and Backlog - Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012
For the fiscal year ended June 1, 2013, consolidated net sales increased 2.9 percent to $1,774.9 million from $1,724.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 2, 2012. The acquisitions of Maharam on April 29, 2013 and Sun Hing POSH Holdings Limited (POSH) on April 3, 2012 increased fiscal 2013 net sales approximately $56.6 million. The impact of dealer divestitures in the second quarter of fiscal 2012 and the third quarter of fiscal 2013 had the effect of reducing sales approximately $10 million compared to fiscal 2012. The overall impact of foreign currency changes for the fiscal year was to decrease net sales by approximately $8 million. The year ended June 2, 2012 contained 53 weeks. An extra week in the company's fiscal year is required approximately every six years in order to realign its fiscal calendar-end dates with the actual calendar months. The additional week in Fiscal 2012 is estimated to have increased net sales $32 million. The company also experienced a $50 million decrease in sales volumes to the U.S. federal government as compared to fiscal 2012. The impact of net changes in pricing is estimated to have had a $5.0 million increase on net sales during fiscal 2013. The remaining increase compared to fiscal 2012 was driven by increased volumes. The increase in volumes was not driven by any single factor, but rather, was generally attributable to overall improvements in the economic environment in which the company operates, primarily in North America as these increases were attributable to the North American Furniture Solutions and Specialty and Consumer reportable segments.


- 21 -



The following table presents the quantification of the changes in net sales from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013.
(In millions)
 
Fiscal 2012 Net sales
$
1,724.1

Acquisitions and divestitures
 
Maharam acquisition
10.6

POSH acquisition
46.0

Dealer divestitures
(10.0
)
Impact from foreign currency
(8.0
)
Net changes in pricing
5.0

Extra week in fiscal 2012
(32.0
)
U.S. federal government volumes
(50.0
)
Change in sales - general
89.2

Fiscal 2013 Net sales
$
1,774.9


Consolidated net trade orders for fiscal 2013 totaled $1,771.6 million compared to $1,725.7 million in fiscal 2012, an increase of 2.7 percent. Order rates began the year at a steady pace with orders averaging approximately $36 million per week through the second quarter. The third quarter weekly order rates averaged approximately $29 million per week, which is consistent with the company's typical seasonal slowdown. The fourth quarter finished the year with average weekly order rates increasing to approximately $35 million. The overall impact of foreign currency changes for the fiscal year decreased net orders by approximately $8.4 million.

Our backlog of unfilled orders at the end of fiscal 2013 totaled $274.4 million, a 1.3 percent decrease from the $278.0 million of backlog at the end of fiscal 2012.

BIFMA reported an estimated year-over-year decrease in U.S. office furniture shipments of approximately 0.6 percent for the twelve-month period ended May 2013. By comparison, the net sales increased for the company's domestic U.S. business by approximately 0.8 percent. The company believes that while comparisons to BIFMA are important, the company continues to pursue a strategy of revenue diversification that makes us less reliant on the drivers that impact BIFMA.

Gross Margin - Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2014 gross margin as a percentage of sales was 33.5 percent , which is a decrease of 60 basis points from the fiscal 2013 level. Gross margin in 2014 was reduced by 250 basis points due to the termination of the company's primary domestic defined benefit pension plan. The total fiscal 2014 expense included within gross margin related to the terminated plan was $51.3 million. Of this expense, $49.3 million was settlement expense related to the termination of the plan.

The decrease in gross margin from incremental pension expenses was offset by increases related to the acquisition of Maharam (100 basis points), the benefit captured from price increases - net of incremental discounting (40 basis points), and the impact of in-sourcing (60 basis points).

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the components of the company's cost of sales as a percentage of net sales.
Fiscal Year Ended
May 31, 2014
 
June 1, 2013
 
Change
Direct materials
41.3
%
 
42.7
%
 
(1.4
)%
Direct labor
6.4

 
6.4

 

Manufacturing overhead
 
 
 
 
 
Manufacturing overhead - excluding legacy pension
10.1

 
10.6

 
(0.5
)
Legacy pension impact on manufacturing overhead
2.7

 
0.2

 
2.5

Total manufacturing overhead
12.8


10.8

 
2.0

Freight and distribution
6.0

 
6.0

 

Cost of sales
66.5
%
 
65.9
%
 
0.6
 %

Direct material costs as a percent of net sales for fiscal 2014 decreased 140 basis points as compared to fiscal 2013. The favorable impact related to product in-sourcing, price increases - net of incremental discounting, commodity pricing, and the acquisition of Maharam, had the

- 22 -



effect of improving the direct material cost percentage by 60 basis points, 20 basis points, 10 basis points, and 10 basis points, respectively. The remaining decrease is related to favorable impact of changes in the product and channel mix compared to the prior year.

Direct labor was 6.4 percent of net sales for fiscal 2014, unchanged from the prior year. The direct labor costs as a percentage of net sales was impacted by a 30 point basis point decrease related to the acquisition of Maharam, offset by the overall unfavorable impact of product mix.

Manufacturing overhead was 12.8 percent of net sales for fiscal 2014, an increase of 200 basis points from the prior year. Overhead costs in fiscal 2014 included the impact of the previously mentioned pension termination, which drove an increase in overhead costs of $47.2 million or 250 basis points. This increase was offset by a 50 basis point decrease related to the acquisition of Maharam.

Freight and distribution expenses, as a percentage of sales, was 6.0 percent for fiscal 2014 and were flat compared to the prior year.

Gross Margin - Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2013 gross margin as a percentage of sales was 34.1 percent which is a decrease of 20 basis points from the fiscal 2012 level. The benefit captured from price increases net of incremental discounting had the affect of increasing gross margin by approximately 30 basis points. This benefit drove an increase in net sales of approximately $5 million during fiscal 2013 relative to the prior year period. An improvement in pricing net of incremental discounting increases net sales relative to prior periods. This has the effect of decreasing the components of the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income as a percentage of net sales.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the components of the company's cost of sales as a percentage of net sales.
Fiscal Year Ended
June 1, 2013
 
June 2, 2012
 
Change
Direct materials
42.7
%
 
42.2
%
 
0.5
 %
Direct labor
6.4

 
6.6

 
(0.2
)
Manufacturing overhead
10.8

 
10.9

 
(0.1
)
Freight and distribution
6.0

 
6.0

 

Cost of sales
65.9
%
 
65.7
%
 
0.2
 %

Direct material costs as a percent of net sales increased 50 basis points as compared to fiscal 2012. The material costs as a percent of net sales was impacted by approximately a 30 basis point increase related to the acquisition of POSH. Offsetting this increase were favorable impacts from lower commodity costs of 30 basis points. The remaining increase is related to unfavorable impact of changes in the product and channel mix compared to the prior year.

Direct labor was 6.4 percent of net sales for fiscal 2013, a decrease of 20 basis points from the prior year. The decrease is primarily related to a change in product mix compared to fiscal 2012.

Manufacturing overhead was 10.8 percent of net sales for fiscal 2013; decreasing 10 basis points from the prior year. Overhead costs in fiscal 2013 included approximately $4.1 million of legacy pension expenses related to the transition from (and planned termination of) the domestic defined benefit pension plans, accounting for a 20 basis point increase in overhead as a percent of net sales. Overhead costs as a percent of net sales were also increased by approximately 10 basis points due to higher employee incentive costs. The remaining change in was primarily related to a change in product mix compared to fiscal 2012.

Freight and distribution expenses, as a percentage of sales, was 6.0 percent for fiscal 2013 and were flat compared to the prior year.

Operating Expenses - Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013
Operating expenses in fiscal 2014 were $656.7 million , or 34.9 percent of net sales, which compares to $490.3 million , or 27.6 percent of net sales in fiscal 2013. The increase in operating expenses primarily relates to legacy pension expenses of $89.0 million. The acquisition of Maharam contributed an additional $48.2 million of operating expenses. The impact of dealer divestitures had the effect of reducing operating expenses approximately $7.9 million compared to fiscal 2013. In addition, design and research expenses increased $4.0 million. Warranty expenses for the year were lower by approximately $3.2 million, primarily due to lower customer specific claims. The company recorded approximately $4.3 million more employee incentive expenses during fiscal 2014 compared to the prior year period. Also, operating expenses were impacted favorably in the current year by the reduction of contingent consideration from the acquisition of POSH in the amount of $2.6 million . The remaining change was due to net increases in various other operating expenses compared to the prior year period.

Year-over-year changes in currency exchange rates, associated with the company's international operations, decreased operating expenses by an estimated $2.3 million.

- 23 -




Design and research costs included in total operating expenses for fiscal 2014 were $65.9 million , or 3.5 percent of net sales, compared to fiscal 2013 expenses of $59.9 million , or 3.4 percent of net sales. This increase was primarily driven by the company's increased investment in various projects. Royalty payments for the company products, which are included within design and research costs, totaled $12.0 million and $11.6 million in fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Restructuring and Impairment - Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013
Restructuring and impairment charges increased $25.3 million from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014 to $26.5 million . Restructuring and impairment expenses included $1.1 million related to restructuring actions taken to improve the efficiency of the North American sales and distribution channel and Geiger manufacturing operations, $21.4 million in impairment expenses related to the impairment of the POSH and Nemschoff trade names, and $4.0 million related to the impairment of property in Ningbo, China. The company incurred $1.2 million of restructuring expenses in fiscal 2013, all of which related to its 2012 Plan. The 2012 Plan represents the restructuring actions initiated in fiscal 2012 to consolidate the Nemschoff manufacturing operations in Sheboygan, Wisconsin with the closure of the Sioux City, Iowa seating plant. These restructuring expenses consisted of $0.3 million related to severance and the $0.9 million related to building exit costs.

During fiscal 2012, the company incurred restructuring expense of $1.6 million of which $0.2 million related to severance and $1.4 million related to impairment of building and equipment. In addition, the company recorded impairment of $3.8 million for the indefinite-lived intangible assets related to two healthcare trade names that were terminated during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012. The impairment was the result of the company’s strategy to reduce its portfolio of healthcare brands and begin marketing the related products under the Nemschoff trade name.
The restructuring liabilities of $0.4 million and $0.2 million for fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively, are included in, "Accrued liabilities" within the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

See Note 16 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on restructuring and impairment expenses.

The following table presents the quantification of the changes in total operating expenses from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014.
(In millions)
 
Fiscal 2013 Operating expenses
$
490.3

Selling, general & administrative change
 
Acquisitions and divestitures
 
Maharam acquisition
48.2

Dealer divestitures
(7.9
)
Contingent consideration change
(2.6
)
Legacy pension expenses
89.0

Warranty
(3.2
)
Marketing and selling
(0.3
)
Employee incentive costs
4.3

Impact from foreign currency
(2.3
)
Other
11.9

Restructuring and impairment change
25.3

Design and research change
4.0

Fiscal 2014 Operating expenses
$
656.7


Operating Expenses - Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012
Operating expenses in fiscal 2013 were $490.3 million, or 27.6 percent of net sales, which compares to $453.0 million, or 26.3 percent of net sales in fiscal 2012. The company experienced a year-over-year increase in operating expense dollars of $37.3 million, and a 130 basis point increase to operating expenses as a percentage of net sales. The increase in operating expenses primarily relates to the legacy pension expenses of $24.1 million. The acquisitions of POSH and Maharam contributed an additional $7.0 million and $4.7 million of operating expenses, respectively. The impact of dealer divestitures had the effect of reducing operating expenses approximately $4.5 million compared to fiscal 2012. In addition, design and research expenses increased $7.2 million. Fiscal 2012 also included an extra week of operations, which drove approximately $3 million in additional compensation expense compared to fiscal 2013. Warranty expenses for the year were lower by approximately $6 million, primarily due to lower customer specific claims and changes in estimate in the prior year related to higher warranty claims loss experience which drove additional expense of approximately $5 million in fiscal 2012. The company recorded

- 24 -



approximately $3 million more employee incentive expense during fiscal 2013 compared to the prior year period. The remaining change was due to net increases in various other operating expenses compared to the prior year period.

Year-over-year changes in currency exchange rates, associated with the company's international operations, decreased operating expenses by an estimated $2 million.

Design and research costs included in total operating expenses for fiscal 2013 was $59.9 million, or 3.4 percent of net sales, compared to fiscal 2012 expenses of $52.7 million, or 3.1 percent of net sales. This increase was primarily driven by the company's increased investment in various projects. Royalty payments for the company products, which are included within design and research costs, totaled $11.6 million and $11.7 million in fiscal years 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The following table presents the quantification of the changes in total operating expenses from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013.
(In millions)
 
Fiscal 2012 Operating expenses
$
453.0

Selling, general & administrative change
 
Acquisitions and divestitures
 
Maharam acquisition
4.7

POSH acquisition
7.0

Dealer divestitures
(4.5
)
Legacy pension expenses
24.1

Warranty
(6.0
)
Marketing and selling
3.5

Employee incentive costs
3.0

Impact from foreign currency
(2.0
)
Extra week in fiscal 2012
(3.0
)
Other
7.5

Restructuring and impairment change
(4.2
)
Design and research change
7.2

Fiscal 2013 Operating expenses
$
490.3


Operating Earnings (Loss)
In fiscal 2014 , the company generated an operating loss of $25.7 million , a decrease of $140.6 million from fiscal 2013 operating earnings of $114.9 million . This decrease was attributable to legacy pension expenses of $164.4 million and restructuring and impairment expenses of $26.5 million . The fiscal 2013 operating earnings of $114.9 million represented a 16.5 percent decrease from fiscal 2012 operating earnings of $137.6 million. This decrease was driven by legacy pension costs of $28.2 million.

Other Expenses and Income
Net other expenses were flat in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013, totaling $17.7 million for each year. For fiscal 2012 , net other expenses were $18.1 million . The decrease in net other expenses in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012 was primarily related to an increase in investment income during fiscal 2013.

Income Taxes
The company's effective tax rate was 48.9 percent in fiscal 2014 versus 28.9 percent in fiscal 2013 and 37.1 percent in fiscal 2012. The effective tax rate in fiscal 2014 was above the statutory rate of 35 percent, primarily due to a shift in the relative mix of income and loss between the taxing jurisdictions. This change in mix was driven primarily by legacy pension expenses recorded in fiscal 2014.

The effective tax rate in fiscal 2013 was below the statutory rate of 35 percent, primarily due to the domestic U.S. manufacturing deduction and international tax rate differential. The effective tax rate in fiscal 2012 was above the statutory rate of 35 percent, primarily due to a lower than anticipated manufacturing deduction, non-deductible expenses associated with contingent purchase consideration, and other adjustments required to reconcile income tax expense with the tax return of a foreign subsidiary.

For further information regarding income taxes, refer to Note 10 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

- 25 -




Net Earnings (Loss); Earnings (Loss) per Share
In fiscal 2014 , fiscal 2013 , and fiscal 2012 , we generated a net loss of $22.1 million , net earnings of $68.2 million , and net earnings of $75.2 million , respectively. In fiscal 2014 , diluted loss per share was $(0.37) , while diluted earnings per share in fiscal 2013 were $1.16 and $1.29 in fiscal 2012 .

Discussion of Segments - Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013
North America
Net sales within the North American Furniture Solutions (North America) reportable segment decreased to $1,216.3 million in fiscal 2014 , a decrease of $5.6 million from fiscal 2013 net sales of $1,221.9 million . The impact of dealer divestitures in fiscal 2014 had the effect of reducing sales approximately $25.6 million compared to fiscal 2013. The impact of foreign currency changes was to decrease fiscal 2014 net sales for North America by approximately $5.2 million . The impact of changes in pricing, net of discounting, is estimated to have had a $7.9 million increase on net sales during fiscal 2014 over the prior year. The segment has also experienced a $12.0 million decrease in sales volumes to the U.S. federal government as compared to fiscal 2013. The remaining change in net sales was due to an increase in unit volumes during fiscal 2014.

Operating losses for North America in fiscal 2014 were $27.0 million , a $103.6 million decrease from fiscal 2013. The decrease is attributable to the legacy pension expenses of $123.9 million. The impact of dealer divestitures had the effect of decreasing operating earnings approximately $0.9 million compared to fiscal 2013. Warranty expenses were lower by $3 million for fiscal 2014 due to lower customer specific claims. North America also had approximately $7.0 million in additional employee incentive expense during fiscal 2014 compared to the prior year. The impact of foreign currency changes decreased fiscal 2014 operating earnings for North America by approximately $3.6 million. The remaining change in operating earnings was driven by improvements in gross margin, which was primarily attributable to in-sourcing initiatives.

EMEA, Latin America, and Asia Pacific (ELA)
Net sales in th ELA Furniture Solutions (ELA) reportable segment increased 3.9 percent, or $14.9 million, in fiscal 2014. The impact of foreign currency changes was a decrease to fiscal 2014 net sales for ELA by approximately $3.5 million. The impact of changes in pricing, net of discounting, is estimated to have had a $0.3 million increase on net sales during fiscal 2014 over the prior year. The remaining change in net sales was due to changes in unit volumes during fiscal 2014.

Operating earnings within ELA were 5.9 percent of net sales for the segment in fiscal year 2014, compared to 6.5 percent in fiscal 2013, a decrease of $1.6 million from fiscal 2013. The impact of foreign currency changes decreased fiscal 2014 operating earnings for ELA by approximately $2.8 million. This was partially offset by a decrease in marketing and selling costs in fiscal 2014.

Specialty and Consumer
Net sales within the Specialty and Consumer reportable segment increased 55.7 percent compared to fiscal 2013. The acquisition of Maharam in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 contributed an additional $96.5 million of net sales in fiscal 2014. The impact changes in pricing, net of discounting, is estimated to have had a $2.3 million increase on net sales during fiscal 2014 over the prior year. The remaining change was due to a decrease in unit volumes during fiscal 2014.

Operating earnings within Specialty and Consumer totaled $4.6 million for the year, or 1.7 percent of net sales, a decrease of $10.8 million from fiscal 2013. The decrease was driven principally by increased legacy pension expenses of $16.0 million, offset by an increase in operating earnings from Maharam of $4.2 million.

Discussion of Segments - Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012
North America
Net sales within the North American Furniture Solutions (North America) reportable segment increased $3.4 million to $1,221.9 million in fiscal 2013, a 0.3 percent increase from fiscal 2012. The impact of dealer divestitures in the second quarter of fiscal 2012 and the third quarter of fiscal 2013 had the effect of reducing sales approximately $10 million compared to fiscal 2012. The impact of foreign currency changes was to decrease fiscal 2013 net sales for North America by approximately $0.5 million. The impact of net changes in pricing is estimated to have had a $6 million increase on net sales during fiscal 2013 over the prior year. The additional week in fiscal 2012 is estimated to have increased net sales $23 million in fiscal 2012. The company has also experienced a $50 million decrease in sales volumes to the U.S. federal government as compared to fiscal 2012. The remaining change in net sales was due to an increase in unit volumes during fiscal 2013.

Operating earnings for North America in fiscal 2013 were 6.3 percent of net sales, a $20.3 million decrease from fiscal 2012. The decrease is attributable to the legacy pension expenses of $26.5 million. The extra week of operations had the effect of decreasing operating earnings in fiscal 2013 by approximately $1.8 million. The impact of dealer divestitures had the effect of increasing operating earnings approximately $3 million compared to fiscal 2012. Warranty expenses were lower by $6.0 million for fiscal 2013 due to lower customer specific claims and changes in estimates in the prior year related to higher warranty claims loss experience which drove additional expense of approximately $5 million in

- 26 -



fiscal 2012. North America also had approximately $5.0 million in additional employee incentive expense during fiscal 2013 compared to the prior year. The impact of foreign currency changes increased fiscal 2013 operating earnings for North America by approximately $1.0 million. The remaining change in operating earnings as a percent of net sales in the current fiscal year is primarily driven by the ability to spread fixed manufacturing, sales and other costs over increased net sales.

EMEA, Latin America, and Asia Pacific (ELA)
Net sales in the ELA Furniture Solutions (ELA) reportable segment increased 8.6 percent, or $30.0 million, in fiscal 2013. The extra week of operations contributed approximately $6 million towards the fiscal 2012 net sales. Additionally, the acquisition of POSH in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 contributed an additional $46 million to net sales in fiscal 2013. The impact of foreign currency changes was to decrease fiscal 2013 net sales for ELA by approximately $7.5 million. The impact of net changes in pricing is estimated to have had a $1.5 million decrease on net sales during fiscal 2013 over the prior year. The remaining change in net sales was due to changes in unit volumes during fiscal 2013.

Operating earnings within ELA represents 6.5 percent of net sales for fiscal year 2013, a decrease of $7.4 million from fiscal 2012. The acquisition of POSH contributed an additional $4.0 million of operating earnings to fiscal 2013. The increase from POSH was more than offset by increased marketing and selling costs of $3.0 million, the impact of foreign currency changes of $4.0 million, the impact of the extra week in fiscal 2012 of $0.6 million, and declining leverage.

Specialty and Consumer
Net sales within the Specialty and Consumer reportable segment increased 11.0 percent compared to fiscal 2012. The acquisition of Maharam in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 contributed an additional $10.6 million of net sales in fiscal 2013. The remaining increase was due to increased volumes which was partially offset by the impact of the extra week of operations in fiscal 2012 which is estimated to have increased net sales $3.0 million.

Operating earnings within Specialty and Consumer totaled $15.4 million for fiscal 2013, or 8.8 percent of net sales. This represents an increase of $0.3 million from fiscal 2012. The extra week of operations had the effect of increasing operating earnings in fiscal 2012 by approximately $0.3 million. Specialty and Consumer also included legacy pension expenses of $1.7 million in fiscal 2013. The remaining increase in operating earnings was driven by the ability to spread fixed manufacturing, sales and other costs over increased volumes.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
The table below presents certain key cash flow and capital highlights for the fiscal years indicated.
 
Fiscal Year Ended
(In millions)
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$
101.5

 
$
82.7

 
$
172.2

Marketable securities, end of period
$
11.1

 
$
10.8

 
$
9.6

Cash generated from operating activities
$
90.1

 
$
136.5

 
$
90.1

Cash used for investing activities
$
(48.2
)
 
$
(209.7
)
 
$
(58.4
)
Cash used for financing activities
$
(22.4
)
 
$
(16.0
)
 
$
(1.6
)
Pension and post-retirement benefit plan contributions  (1)
$
(50.2
)
 
$
(4.5
)
 
$
(64.9
)
Capital expenditures
$
(40.8
)
 
$
(50.2
)
 
$
(28.5
)
Stock repurchased and retired
$
(12.7
)
 
$
(3.6
)
 
$
(2.7
)
Interest-bearing debt, end of period (3)
$
250.0

 
$
250.0

 
$
250.0

Available unsecured credit facility, end of period (2) (3)
$
145.1

 
$
142.3

 
$
140.3


(1) Amount shown for fiscal 2014 includes $48.8 million due to the termination of the company’s primary domestic defined benefit pension plan.
(2) Amounts shown are net of outstanding letters of credit, which are applied against the company's unsecured credit facility.
(3) During fiscal 2012 we renegotiated the unsecured revolving credit facility. Refer to Note 5 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Cash Flow — Operating Activities
Cash generated from operating activities in fiscal 2014 totaled $90.1 million compared to $ 136.5 million generated in the prior year. This represents a decrease of $46.4 million compared to fiscal 2013 . This decrease was driven principally by pension contributions of $50.2 million , net of the related tax benefits, primarily related to the termination of the company's primary domestic defined benefit pension plan. The pension contributions during fiscal 2014 were $45.7 million more than the fiscal 2013 contributions of $4.5 million.

- 27 -



Changes in working capital balances resulted in a $21.2 million use of cash in the current fiscal year compared to a $17.2 million source of cash in the prior year. The use of cash related to changes in working capital balances in fiscal 2014 consisted primarily of an increase in trade receivables of $26.7 million and an increase in net inventories and prepaid expenses of $2.2 million and $3.2 million, respectively. These amounts were partially offset by increases in accounts payable and other accruals of $2.6 million and $8.3 million, respectively.

The $46.4 million increase in cash from operations in fiscal 2013, as compared to fiscal 2012, was driven mainly by less cash contributions to the primary domestic defined benefit pension plan. These cash contributions were $4.5 million for fiscal 2013 and $64.9 million for fiscal 2012.

Changes in working capital balances resulted in a $17.2 million source of cash in fiscal 2013 compared to an $8.8 million source of cash in fiscal 2012. The source of cash related to changes in working capital balances in fiscal 2013 consisted primarily of a decrease in estimated tax payments of $9.5 million and increases in accrued liabilities related to dividends and employee incentive costs of $6.0 million and $12.5 million, respectively. These amounts were partially offset by increases in trade receivables and inventories of $7.7 million and $4.6 million, respectively. The source of cash related to changes in working capital balances in fiscal 2012 consisted primarily of decreases in trade receivables of $17.5 million, prepaids of $2.7 million, an increase in trade payables of $4.8 million and an increase in accrued warranty of $5.3 million. These amounts were partially offset by decreases in accrued compensation and other accruals of $20.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

Collections of accounts receivable remained strong throughout fiscal 2014 , and the company's recorded accounts receivable allowances at the end of the year are believed to be adequate to cover the risk of potential bad debts. Allowances for non-collectible accounts receivable, as a percent of gross accounts receivable, totaled 1.9 percent, 2.4 percent, and 2.7 percent at the end of fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

Cash Flow — Investing Activities
Capital expenditures totaled $40.8 million , $50.2 million and $28.5 million in fiscal 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively. Outstanding commitments for future capital purchases at the end of fiscal 2014 were approximately $12.7 million . The company expects capital spending in fiscal 2015 to be between $65 million and $75 million. The expected increase over fiscal 2014 is primarily due to planned investments in the company's manufacturing facilities.

Included in the fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012 investing activities, are net cash outflows of $6.7 million, $157.5 million and $47.1 million, respectively, related to acquisitions. These amounts relate to the acquisition of certain assets from Dongguan Sun Hing Steel Furniture Factory Ltd (DGSH) in fiscal 2014 in the amount of $6.7 million, the acquisition of Maharam Fabric Corporation (Maharam) in fiscal 2013 in the amount of $155.8 million, and the acquisition of Sun Hing POSH Holdings Limited (POSH) in fiscal 2013 ($1.7 million) and fiscal 2012 ($47.1 million).

Our net marketable securities transactions for fiscal 2014 yielded a $0.3 million use of cash. This compares to a $1.2 million use of cash and a $1.4 million source of cash in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012 , respectively.

Cash Flow — Financing Activities
 
Fiscal Year Ended
(In millions, except share and per share data)
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Shares acquired
408,391

 
154,917

 
115,012

Cost of shares acquired
$
12.7

 
$
3.6

 
$
2.7

Shares issued
1,040,255

 
461,944

 
442,085

Average cash received per share issued
$
20.00

 
$
15.54

 
$
19.20

Cash dividends paid
$
30.3

 
$
19.1

 
$
5.2


In fiscal 2014 , cash used in financing activities increased to $22.4 million , as compared to $16.0 million in fiscal 2013. This was driven principally by an increase in cash outflows from dividends paid and common stock purchased and retired. Dividends paid increased in the current year due to the increase in the quarterly dividend from $0.125 per share to $0.140 per share. Cash paid for the retirement of common stock was $12.7 million in the current as compared to $3.6 million in the prior year. These increased cash outflows were reduced by an increase in cash received for the issuance of shares related to stock-based compensation plans. The company received $20.8 million related to stock-based compensation plans in fiscal 2014 compared to $7.2 million in fiscal 2013 .

Cash used in financing activities increased by $14.4 million from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. An increase in the quarterly dividend from $0.090 per share to $0.125 was the main driver of the increase in financing cash outflows during fiscal 2013.

- 28 -




Because the company's Series A Senior Notes are due on January 3, 2015, $50 million was reclassified within the Consolidated Balance Sheet from "Long-term debt" to "Current maturities of long-term debt" during fiscal 2014.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the company entered into a revolving line of credit, which provides the company with approximately $5.0 million in revolving variable interest borrowing capacity. The company intends to utilize the revolver, which is denominated in Chinese Renminbi, to meet working capital cash flow needs at its Ningbo, China operations. The uncommitted facility is subject to changes in bank approval and outstanding borrowings bear interest at rates based on a benchmark lending rate as outlined in the agreement. Each draw on the line of credit is subject to a maximum period of one year, and corresponding interest is payable on the maturity date of each draw. As of May 31, 2014 , there were no borrowings against this facility.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2012, the company entered into an amendment and restatement of the syndicated revolving line of credit, which provides the company with up to $150 million in revolving variable interest borrowing capacity and includes an "accordion feature" allowing the company to increase, at its option and subject to the approval of the participating banks, the aggregate borrowing capacity of the facility by $75 million. The facility expires in November 2016 and outstanding borrowings bear interest at rates based on the prime rate, federal funds rate, LIBOR, or negotiated rates as outlined in the agreement. Interest is payable periodically throughout the period a borrowing is outstanding. The only usage against the company's unsecured revolving credit facility at the end of fiscal 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 represented outstanding standby letters of credit totaling $4.9 million , $7.7 million and $9.7 million , respectively.

Interest-bearing debt at the end of fiscal 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 was $250.0 million. The provisions of the company's private placement notes and unsecured credit facility require the company to adhere to certain covenants and maintain certain performance ratios. The company was in compliance with all such covenants and performance ratios during fiscal 2014 .

On July 21, 2014, subsequent to the end of the fiscal year, the company entered into an amendment and restatement of an existing unsecured credit facility which provides the company with up to $250 million in revolving variable interest borrowing capacity and includes an “accordion feature” allowing the company to increase, at its option and subject to the approval of the participating banks, the aggregate borrowing capacity of the facility by up to $125 million. Amounts borrowed under the agreement are subject to variable rates of interest tied to a base rate (either Prime, LIBOR or U.S. Federal Funds) depending on the form of borrowing selected by the company.

At the end of the fourth quarter fiscal 2014 , the company had cash and cash equivalents of $101.5 million including foreign cash of $44.1 million. In addition, the company had foreign marketable securities of $11.1 million . The foreign subsidiary holding the company's marketable securities is taxed as a U.S. taxpayer at the company's election; consequently, for tax purposes all U.S tax impacts for this subsidiary have been recorded. The company has no plans to repatriate earnings from foreign subsidiaries in fiscal 2015. The company's intent is to permanently reinvest the remainder of the foreign cash amounts outside the U.S. The company's plans do not demonstrate a need to repatriate these balances to fund U.S. operations. During fiscal 2014, the company did not repatriate any undistributed foreign earnings. During fiscal 2013, the company repatriated $3.0 million of undistributed foreign earnings.

We believe cash on hand, cash generated from operations, and our borrowing capacity will provide adequate liquidity to fund near term and future business operations, capital needs and future dividends, subject to financing availability in the marketplace.

Contingencies
The company leases a facility in the United Kingdom under an agreement that expired in June 2011, and the company is currently leasing the facility on a month to month basis. Under the terms of the lease, the company is required to perform the maintenance and repairs necessary to address the general dilapidation of the facility over the lease term. The ultimate cost of this provision to the company is dependent on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the future use of the facility by the lessor and whether the company chooses and is permitted to renew the lease term. The company has estimated the cost of these maintenance and repairs to be between $0 million and $3 million , depending on the outcome of future plans and negotiations. Based on existing circumstances, it is estimated that these costs will most likely approximate $1.5 million as of May 31, 2014 , and was estimated to be $1.3 million as of June 1, 2013 . As a result, these amounts have been recorded as a liability reflected under the caption “Accrued Liabilities” for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The company is also involved in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcome of such proceedings and litigation currently pending will not materially affect the company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

Basis of Presentation
The company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to May 31. The fiscal years ended May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 each contained 52 weeks of operations. Fiscal year ended June 2, 2012 included 53 weeks of operations. This is the basis upon which weekly-average data is presented.


- 29 -



Contractual Obligations
Contractual obligations associated with our ongoing business and financing activities will result in cash payments in future periods. The following table summarizes the amounts and estimated timing of these future cash payments. Further information regarding debt obligations can be found in Note 5 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Likewise, further information related to operating leases can be found in Note 6 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(In millions)
Payments due by fiscal year
 
Total
 
2015
 
2016-2017
 
2018-2019
 
Thereafter
Long-term debt  
$
200.0

 
$

 
$

 
$
150.0

 
$
50.0

Current maturities of long-term debt
50.0

 
50.0

 

 

 

Estimated interest on debt obligations (1)
56.7

 
14.4

 
25.3

 
11.7

 
5.3

Operating leases
85.4

 
21.0

 
28.8

 
16.9

 
18.7

Purchase obligations (2)
54.2

 
44.3

 
9.8

 
0.1

 

Pension plan funding (3)
1.4

 
0.6

 
0.2

 
0.2

 
0.4

Stockholder dividends (4)
8.3

 
8.3

 

 

 

Other (5)
30.0

 
3.3

 
9.9

 
6

 
10.8

Total
$
486.0

 
$
141.9

 
$
74.0

 
$
184.9

 
$
85.2

(1) Estimated future interest payments on our outstanding debt obligations are based on interest rates as of May 31, 2014 . Actual cash outflows may differ significantly due to changes in underlying interest rates and timing of principal payments.
(2) Purchase obligations consist of non-cancelable purchase orders and commitments for goods, services, and capital assets.
(3) Pension plan funding commitments are known for a 12-month period for those plans that are funded; unfunded pension and post-retirement plan funding amounts are equal to the estimated benefit payments. As of May 31, 2014 , the total projected benefit obligation for our domestic and international employee pension benefit plans was $106.5 million.
(4) Represents the recorded dividend payable as of May 31, 2014 . Future dividend payments are not considered contractual obligations until declared.
(5) Other contractual obligations primarily represent long-term commitments related to deferred and supplemental employee compensation benefits, and other post-employment benefits.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements — Guarantees
We provide certain guarantees to third parties under various arrangements in the form of product warranties, loan guarantees, standby letters of credit, lease guarantees, performance bonds, and indemnification provisions. These arrangements are accounted for and disclosed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 460, " Guarantees " as described in Note 13 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our goal is to report financial results clearly and understandably. We follow accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America in preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements, which require us to make certain estimates and apply judgments that affect our financial position and results of operations. We continually review our accounting policies and financial information disclosures. These policies and disclosures are reviewed at least annually with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Following is a summary of our more significant accounting policies that require the use of estimates and judgments in preparing the financial statements.

Revenue Recognition
As described in the “Executive Overview,” the majority of our products and services are sold through one of five channels: Independent contract furniture dealers and licensees, owned contract furniture dealers, direct to end customers, and independent retailers. We recognize revenue on sales to independent dealers, licensees, and retailers once the product is shipped and title passes to the buyer. When we sell product directly to the end customer or through owned dealers, we recognize revenue once the product and services are delivered and installation thereof is substantially complete.

Amounts recorded as net sales generally include any freight charged to customers, with the related freight expenses recognized within cost of sales. Items such as discounts off list price, rebates, and other sale-related marketing program expenses are recorded as reductions to net sales. We record accruals for rebates and other marketing programs, which require us to make estimates about future customer buying patterns and market conditions. Customer sales that reach (or fail to reach) certain levels can affect the amount of such estimates, and actual results could differ from our estimates.

- 30 -




Receivable Allowances
We base our allowances for receivables on known customer exposures, historical credit experience, and the specific identification of other potential problems, including the current economic climate. These methods are applied to all major receivables, including trade, lease, and notes receivable. In addition, we follow a policy that consistently applies reserve rates based on the outstanding accounts receivable and historical experience. Actual collections can differ from our historical experience, and if economic or business conditions deteriorate significantly, adjustments to these reserves may be required.

The accounts receivable allowance totaled $4.0 million and $4.4 million at May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 , respectively. As a percentage of gross accounts receivable, these allowances totaled 1.9 percent and 2.4 percent for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 , respectively. The year-over-year decrease in the allowance is primarily due to the stabilization of economic conditions and continued financial health of our customers.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangibles
The carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 , were $269.1 million and $289.3 million , respectively. The company is required to perform an annual test of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets to determine if the asset values are impaired.

The company completed the required annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, as of March 29, 2014, performing a combination of the qualitative assessment and the quantitative impairment test. For the reporting units that were tested under the qualitative assessment, the company determined that it was more likely than not that the goodwill of the reporting units were not impaired and thus, the two-step quantitative impairment test was unnecessary. For the reporting units that were tested under the quantitative impairment test, the company determined that the fair value of the reporting units exceeded the carrying amount and as such, the reporting units were not impaired.

The test for impairment requires the company to make several estimates about fair value, most of which are based on projected future cash flows and market valuation multiples. We estimated the fair value of the reporting units using a discounted cash flow analysis and reconciled the sum of the fair values of the reporting units to total market capitalization of the company plus a control premium. The control premium represents an estimate associated with obtaining control of the company in an acquisition. The discounted cash flow analysis used the present value of projected cash flows and a residual value.

The company employs a market-based approach in selecting the discount rates used in our analysis. The discount rates selected represent market rates of return equal to what the company believes a reasonable investor would expect to achieve on investments of similar size to the company's reporting units. The company believes the discount rates selected in the quantitative assessment are appropriate in that, in all cases, they meet or exceed the estimated weighted average cost of capital for our business as a whole. The results of the impairment test are sensitive to changes in the discount rates and changes in the discount rate may result in future impairment.

The company performs both qualitative and quantitative assessments to determine whether an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. A qualitative assessment is performed first to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If, after considering the totality of events and circumstances, an entity determines it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is not impaired, then calculating the fair value of such asset is unnecessary. The quantitative impairment test, when necessary, is based on the relief from royalty method to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets, which is both a market-based approach and an income-based approach. The relief from royalty method focuses on the level of royalty payments that the user of an intangible asset would have to pay a third party for the use of the asset if it were not owned by the user. This method involves estimating theoretical future after tax royalty payments based on the company's forecasted revenues attributable to the trade names. These payments are then discounted to present value utilizing a discount rate that considers the after-corporate tax required rate of return applicable to the asset. The projected revenues reflect the best estimate of management for the trade names, however, actual revenues could differ from our estimates.

The discount rates selected represent market rates of return equal to what the company believes a reasonable investor would expect to achieve on investments of similar size and type to the indefinite-lived intangible asset being tested. The company believes the discount rates selected are appropriate in that, in all cases, they exceed the estimated weighted average cost of capital for our business as a whole. The results of the impairment test are sensitive to changes in the discount rates and changes in the discount rate may result in future impairment.

The company completed the required annual indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment tests in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 , as of March 29, 2014, and concluded that two trade names, Nemschoff and POSH, were impaired. The company recognized pre-tax asset impairment expenses totaling $21.4 million associated with the Nemschoff and POSH trade name intangibles for fiscal 2014. These impairment expenses were incurred due to the fact that the forecasted revenue and profitability for each business did not support the recorded fair value for the trade names.


- 31 -



Long-lived Assets
The company evaluates other long-lived assets and acquired business units for indicators of impairment when events or circumstances indicate that an impairment risk may be present. The judgments regarding the existence of impairment are based on market conditions, operational performance, and estimated future cash flows. If the carrying value of a long-lived asset is considered impaired, an impairment charge is recorded to adjust the asset to its estimated fair value.

Due to the acquisition of a manufacturing and distribution operation in Dongguan, China during fiscal 2014, the company has decided not to pursue the construction of a new manufacturing and distribution facility on previously acquired property in Ningbo, China. The company evaluated the fair value of this property and recorded a pre-tax asset impairment of $4.0 million during the second quarter. See Note 16 to the Consolidated FInancial Statements for additional information regarding this impairment charge.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, the company recorded a pre-tax fixed asset impairment charge of $1.4 million. This asset impairment relates to the Nemschoff plant closure and consolidation. See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the restructuring action which included this fixed asset impairment.

Warranty Reserve
The company stands behind company products and the promises it makes to customers. From time to time, quality issues arise resulting in the need to incur costs to correct problems with products or services. The company has established warranty reserves for the various costs associated with these obligations. General warranty reserves are based on historical claims experience and periodically adjusted for business levels. Specific reserves are established once an issue is identified. The valuation of such reserves is based on the estimated costs to correct the problem. Actual costs may vary and may result in an adjustment to these reserves.

Inventory Reserves
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. The inventories at our West Michigan manufacturing operations are valued using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method, whereas inventories of certain other subsidiaries are valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The company establishes reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, based on prevailing circumstances and judgment for consideration of current events, such as economic conditions, that may affect inventory. The reserve required to record inventory at lower of cost or market may be adjusted in response to changing conditions.

Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities, and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse.

See Note 10 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the company's uncertain tax positions.

The company has net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards available in certain jurisdictions to reduce future taxable income. The company also has foreign tax credits available in certain jurisdictions to reduce future tax due. Future tax benefits for NOL carryforwards and foreign tax credits are recognized to the extent that realization of these benefits is considered more likely than not. This determination is based on the expectation that related operations will be sufficiently profitable or various tax planning strategies available to us will enable us to utilize the NOL carryforwards and/or foreign tax credits. When information becomes available that raises doubts about the realization of a deferred income tax asset, a valuation allowance is established.

Self-Insurance Reserves
With the assistance of independent actuaries, reserves are established for workers' compensation and general liability exposures. The reserves are established based on expected future claims for incurred losses. The company also establishes reserves for health, prescription drugs, and dental benefit exposures based on historical claims information along with certain assumptions about future trends. The methods and assumptions used to determine the liabilities are applied consistently, although actual claims experience can vary. The company also maintains insurance coverage for certain risk exposures through traditional premium-based insurance policies. The company's health benefits retention level does not include an aggregate stop loss policy. The company's retention levels designated within significant insurance arrangements as of May 31, 2014 , are as follows.
(In millions)
 
Retention Level (per occurrence)
General liability and auto liability/physical damage
 
$
1.00

Workers' compensation and property
 
$
0.75



- 32 -



Pension and other Post-Retirement Benefits
The determination of the obligation and expense for pension and other post-retirement benefits depends on certain actuarial assumptions. Among the most significant of these assumptions are the discount rate, interest-crediting rate, and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. We determine these assumptions as follows.

Discount Rate — This assumption is established at the end of the fiscal year based on high-quality corporate bond yields. The company utilizes the services of an independent actuarial firm to assist in determining the rate. For the domestic pension and other post-retirement benefit plans, the actuary uses a “cash flow matching” technique, which compares the estimated future cash flows of the plan to a published discount curve showing the relationship between interest rates and duration for hypothetical zero-coupon fixed income investments. The discount rate is set for the international pension plan based on the yield level of a commonly used corporate bond index in that jurisdiction. Because the average duration of the bonds underlying this index is less than that of our international pension plan liabilities, the index yield is used as a reference point. The final discount rate takes into consideration the index yield and the difference in comparative durations.

Interest Crediting Rate — The company uses this assumption in accounting for our primary domestic pension plan, which is a cash balance-type plan. The rate, which represents the annual rate of interest applied to each plan participant's account balance, is established at an assumed level, or spread, below the discount rate. The company bases this methodology on the historical spread between the 30-year U.S. Treasury and high-quality corporate bond yields. This relationship is examined annually to determine whether the methodology is still appropriate.

Expected Long-Term Rate of Return The company bases this assumption on our long-term assumed rates of return for equities and fixed income securities, weighted by the allocation of the invested assets of the pension plan. The company considers likely returns and risk factors specific to the various classes of investments and advice from independent actuaries in establishing this rate. Changes in the investment allocation of plan assets would impact this assumption. A shift to a higher relative percentage of fixed income securities, for example, would result in a lower assumed rate.

While this assumption represents the long-term market return expectation, actual asset returns can and do differ from year-to-year. Such differences give rise to actuarial gains and losses. In years where actual market returns are lower than the assumed rate, an actuarial loss is generated. Conversely, an actuarial gain results when actual market returns exceed the assumed rate in a given year. As of May 31, 2014 , and June 1, 2013 , the net actuarial loss associated with the employee pension and post-retirement benefit plans totaled approximately $35.0 million and $169.7 million, respectively. The unrecognized loss decreased from 2013 to 2014 due primarily to settlement losses that were recognized related to the payment of lump sum benefits from the primary domestic pension plan. Changes in the discount rate and return on assets can have a significant effect on the expense and obligations related to our pension plans. The company cannot accurately predict these changes in discount rates or investment returns and, therefore, cannot reasonably estimate whether adjustments to the expense or obligation in subsequent years will be significant. Both the May 31, 2014 pension funded status and 2015 expense are affected by year-end 2014 discount rate and expected return on assets assumptions. Any change to these assumptions will be specific to the time periods noted and may not be additive, so the impact of changing multiple factors simultaneously cannot be calculated by combining the individual sensitivities shown. 

The effect of the indicated increase/(decrease) in discount rates and expected return on assets is shown below:
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assumption
 
1 Percent Change
 
2015 Expense
 
May 31, 2014 Obligation
 
 
 
 
U.S.
 
International
 
U.S.
 
International
Discount rate
 
+/- 1.0
 
$ 0.1 / (0.1)
 
$ (1.3) / 1.4
 
$ (0.5) / 0.6
 
$ (17.8) / 22.5
Expected return on assets
 
+/- 1.0
 

 
$ (1.0) / 1.0
 

 


For purposes of determining annual net pension expense, the company uses a calculated method for determining the market-related value of plan assets. Under this method, the company recognizes the change in fair value of plan assets systematically over a five-year period. Accordingly, a portion of the net actuarial loss is deferred. As of May 31, 2014 , the deferred net actuarial loss (i.e. the portion of the total net actuarial loss not subject to amortization) was zero.

Refer to Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding costs and assumptions used for employee benefit plans.


- 33 -



Stock-Based Compensation
The company views stock-based compensation as a key component of total compensation for certain employees, non-employee directors and officers. The stock-based compensation programs include grants of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance share units, employee stock purchases, and stock options. The company recognizes expense related to each of these share-based arrangements. The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used in estimating the fair value of stock options issued in connection with compensation programs. This pricing model requires the use of several input assumptions. Among the most significant of these assumptions are the expected volatility of the common stock price, and the expected timing of future stock option exercises.

Expected Volatility — This represents a measure, expressed as a percentage, of the expected fluctuation in the market price of the company's common stock. As a point of reference, a high volatility percentage would assume a wider expected range of market returns for a particular security. All other assumptions held constant, this would yield a higher stock option valuation than a calculation using a lower measure of volatility. In measuring the fair value of stock options issued during fiscal 2014 , we utilized an expected volatility of 46 percent .

Expected Term of Options — This assumption represents the expected length of time between the grant date of a stock option and the date at which it is exercised (option life). The company assumed an average expected term of 5.5 years in calculating the fair values of the majority of stock options issued during fiscal 2014 .

Refer to Note 9 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on our stock-based compensation plans.

Contingencies
In the ordinary course of business, the company encounters matters that raise the potential for contingent liabilities. In evaluating these matters for accounting treatment and disclosure, the company is required to apply judgment in order to determine the probability that a liability has been incurred. The company is also required to measure, if possible, the dollar value of such liabilities in determining whether or not recognition in our financial statements is required. This process involves the use of estimates which may differ from actual outcomes. Refer to Note 13 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information relating to contingencies.

New Accounting Standards
Refer to Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for information related to new accounting standards.

Forward Looking Statements
Certain statements in this filing are not historical facts but are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended, that are based on management’s beliefs, assumptions, current expectations, estimates, and projections about the office furniture industry, the economy, and the company itself. Words like “anticipates,” “believes,” “confident,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “likely,” “plans,” “projects,” “should,” variations of such words, and similar expressions identify such forward-looking statements. These statements do not guarantee future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict with regard to timing, extent, likelihood, and degree of occurrence. These risks include, without limitation, employment and general economic conditions, the pace of economic recovery in the U.S. and international markets, the pace and level of government procurement, the impact of the Affordable Care Act on healthcare markets, the increase in white-collar employment, the willingness of customers to undertake capital expenditures, the types of products purchased by customers, competitive-pricing pressures, the availability and pricing of raw materials, our reliance on a limited number of suppliers, currency fluctuations, the ability to increase prices to absorb the additional costs of raw materials, the financial strength of our dealers and customers, the mix of our products purchased by customers, our ability to attract and retain key executives and other qualified employees, our ability to continue to make product innovations, the success of newly introduced products, our ability to serve all of our markets, possible acquisitions, divestitures or alliances, the outcome of pending litigation or governmental audits or investigations, political risk in the markets we serve, and other risks identified in this Form 10-K and our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Therefore, actual results and outcomes may materially differ from what we express or forecast. Furthermore, Herman Miller, Inc. undertakes no obligation to update, amend or clarify forward-looking statements.


- 34 -



Item 7A QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The company manufactures, markets, and sells its products throughout the world and, as a result, is subject to changing economic conditions, which could reduce the demand for its products.

Direct Material Costs
The company is exposed to risks arising from price changes for certain direct materials and assembly components used in its operations. The largest such costs incurred by the company are for steel, plastics, textiles, wood particleboard, and aluminum components. The impact from changes in commodity prices decreased the company's costs by approximately $1.2 million during fiscal 2014 compared to the prior year. The net impact of changes in pricing increased net sales by $10.5 million.
The impact from changes in commodity prices decreased the company's costs by approximately $4.5 million during fiscal 2013 . The net impact of changes in pricing in fiscal 2013 increased net sales by approximately $5.0 million. This increase in net sales had the effect of decreasing the company's costs as a percent of net sales compared to fiscal 2012 . The net impact of changes in pricing in fiscal 2012 increased net sales by $35.0 million, which had the effect of decreasing the company's costs as a percent of net sales compared to fiscal 2011.

The company believes market prices for commodities will fluctuate and acknowledges that over time increases on its key direct materials and assembly components are likely. Consequently, it views the prospect of such increases as an outlook risk to the business.

Foreign Exchange Risk
The company primarily manufactures its products in the United States, United Kingdom, and China. It also sources completed products and product components from outside the United States. The company's completed products are sold in numerous countries around the world. Sales in foreign countries as well as certain expenses related to those sales are transacted in currencies other than the company's reporting currency, the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, production costs and profit margins related to these sales are effected by the currency exchange relationship between the countries where the sales take place and the countries where the products are sourced or manufactured. These currency exchange relationships can also effect the company's competitive positions within these markets.

In the normal course of business, the company enters into contracts denominated in foreign currencies. The principal foreign currencies in which the company conducts its business are the British pound sterling, euro, Canadian dollar, Japanese yen, Mexican peso, Hong Kong dollar and Chinese renminbi. As of May 31, 2014 , the company had outstanding, sixteen forward currency instruments designed to offset either net asset or net liability exposure that is denominated in non-functional currencies. One forward contract was placed to offset a 10.5 million Hong Kong dollar-denominated net asset exposure. Two forward contracts were placed to offset a 7.7 million euro-denominated net asset exposure. Two forward contracts were placed to offset a 5.4 million U.S. dollar-denominated net asset exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset a 10.0 million South African rand-denominated net asset exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset a 1.1 million Canadian dollar-denominated net asset exposure. And one forward contract was placed to offset a 0.4 million Australian dollar-denominated net asset exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset a 0.5 million British pound sterling-denominated net liability exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset a 0.7 million euro-denominated net liability exposure. And six forward contracts were placed to offset a 18.5 million U.S.dollar-denominated net liability exposure.

As of June 1, 2013 , the company had outstanding, thirteen forward currency instruments designed to offset either net asset or net liability exposure that is denominated in non-functional currencies. One forward contract was placed to offset a 9.5 million Hong Kong dollar-denominated net asset exposure. Two forward contracts were placed to offset a 6.4 million euro-denominated net asset exposure. Two forward contracts were placed to offset a 5.4 million U.S. dollar-denominated net asset exposure. And one forward contract was placed to offset a 0.6 million Australian dollar-denominated net asset exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset 1.3 million British pound sterling-denominated net liability exposure and six forward contracts were placed to offset a 6.7 million U.S.dollar-denominated net liability exposure.

A net loss of $1.2 million , $1.3 million and $1.3 million related to the cost of the foreign currency hedges and remeasuring all foreign currency transactions into the appropriate functional currency was included in net earnings for the years ended May 31, 2014 , June 1, 2013 and June 2, 2012 , respectively. These amounts are included in “Other Expenses (Income)” in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Additionally, the cumulative effect of translating the balance sheet and income statement accounts from the functional currency into the United States dollar decreased the accumulated comprehensive loss component of total stockholders' equity by $ 2.9 million as of fiscal 2014 and increased the accumulated comprehensive loss component of total stockholders' equity by $ 1.0 million as of the end of fiscal 2013 . Conversely, the effect decreased the accumulated comprehensive loss component of total stockholders equity by $ 6.1 million as of the end of fiscal 2012 .


- 35 -



Interest Rate Risk
The company maintains fixed-rate debt for which changes in interest rates generally affect fair market value but not earnings or cash flows. Expected cash outflows (notional amounts) over the next five years and thereafter related to debt instruments are as follows.
(In millions)
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
Thereafter
 
Total
Long-Term Debt:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed rate
$
50.0

 
$

 
$

 
$
150.0

 
$

 
$
50.0

 
$
250.0

Wtd. average interest rate = 6.2%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

- 36 -



Item 8 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
 
Fiscal Years Ended
(In millions, except per share data)
May 31, 2014
 
June 1, 2013
 
June 2, 2012
Net sales
$
1,882.0

 
$
1,774.9

 
$
1,724.1

Cost of sales
1,251.0

 
1,169.7

 
1,133.5

Gross margin
631.0

 
605.2

 
590.6

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, general, and administrative
564.3

 
429.2

 
394.9

Restructuring and impairment expenses
26.5

 
1.2

 
5.4

Design and research
65.9

 
59.9

 
52.7

Total operating expenses
656.7

 
490.3

 
453.0

Operating earnings (loss)
(25.7
)
 
114.9

 
137.6

Other expenses (income):
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
17.6

 
17.2

 
17.5

Interest and other investment income
(0.4
)
 
(0.4
)
 
(1.0
)
Other, net
0.5

 
0.9

 
1.6

Net other expenses
17.7

 
17.7

 
18.1

Earnings (loss) before income taxes
(43.4
)
 
97.2

 
119.5

Income tax expense (benefit)
(21.2
)
 
28.9

 
44.3

Equity earnings (loss) from nonconsolidated affiliates, net of tax
0.1

 
(0.1
)
 

Net earnings (loss)
$
(22.1
)
 
$
68.2

 
$
75.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss) per share — basic
$
(0.37
)
 
$
1.17

 
$
1.29

Earnings (loss) per share — diluted
$
(0.37
)
 
$
1.16

 
$
1.29

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
$
2.9

 
$
(1.0
)
 
$
(7.1
)
Pension and post-retirement liability adjustments (net of tax of $(50.9), $(8.8), and $12.2)
83.5

 
17.3

 
(29.3
)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
86.4

 
16.3

 
(36.4
)
Comprehensive income
$
64.3

 
$
84.5

 
$
38.8



- 37 -



Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In millions, except share and per share data)
May 31, 2014
 
June 1, 2013
Assets
 
 
 
Current Assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
101.5

 
$
82.7

Marketable securities
11.1

 
10.8

Accounts receivable, less allowances of $4.0 in 2014 and $4.4 in 2013
204.3

 
178.4

Inventories, net
78.4

 
76.2

Deferred income taxes
23.9

 
22.1

Prepaid property and other taxes
12.7

 
8.1

Other
19.9

 
21.0

Total Current Assets
451.8

 
399.3

 
 
 
 
Property and Equipment:
 
 
 
Land and improvements
21.5

 
26.7

Buildings and improvements
161.1

 
160.0

Machinery and equipment
576.7

 
558.3

Construction in progress
29.9

 
20.3

Gross Property and Equipment
789.2

 
765.3

Less: accumulated depreciation
(594.0
)
 
(581.2
)
Net Property and Equipment
195.2

 
184.1

Goodwill
228.2

 
227.0

Indefinite-lived intangibles
40.9

 
62.3

Other amortizable intangibles, net
44.2

 
48.0

Other assets
30.6

 
25.8

Total Assets
$
990.9

 
$
946.5

 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
 
 
 
Current Liabilities:
 
 
 
Current maturities of long-term debt
$
50.0

 
$

Accounts payable
136.9

 
130.1

Accrued compensation and benefits
65.0

 
65.9

Accrued warranty
25.2

 
24.8

Other accrued liabilities
79.0

 
69.2

Total Current Liabilities
356.1

 
290.0

 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
200.0

 
250.0

Pension and post-retirement benefits
18.2

 
39.6

Other liabilities
44.5

 
47.4

Total Liabilities
618.8

 
627.0

 
 
 
 
Stockholders' Equity:
 
 
 
Preferred stock, no par value (10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued)

 

Common stock, $0.20 par value (240,000,000 shares authorized, 59,314,822 and 58,682,958 shares issued and outstanding in 2014 and 2013, respectively)
11.9

 
11.7

Additional paid-in capital
122.4

 
102.9

Retained earnings
277.4

 
331.1

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(37.9
)
 
(124.3
)
Key executive deferred compensation
(1.7
)
 
(1.9
)
Total Stockholders' Equity
372.1

 
319.5

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
$
990.9

 
$
946.5


- 38 -



Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
(In millions, except share and per share data)
Shares of Common Stock
Common Stock
Additional Paid-In Capital
Retained Earnings
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Key Executive Deferred Compensation
Total Stockholders' Equity
Balance, May 28, 2011
58,048,858

$
11.6

$
82.0

$
218.2

$
(104.2
)
$
(2.6
)
$
205.0

Net earnings



75.2



75.2

Other comprehensive loss




(36.4
)

(36.4
)
Total comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
 
38.8

Cash dividends declared ($0.088 per share)



(5.2
)


(5.2
)
Exercise of stock options
215,524

0.1

4.2




4.3

Employee stock purchase plan
109,435


2.1




2.1

Excess tax benefit for stock-based compensation


(0.1
)



(0.1
)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
(115,012
)

(2.7
)



(2.7
)
Restricted stock units released
99,007


2.9




2.9

Stock option compensation expense


2.8




2.8

Deferred compensation plan


(0.6
)


0.7

0.1

Directors' fees
18,119


0.3




0.3

Balance, June 2, 2012
58,375,931

$
11.7

$
90.9

$
288.2

$
(140.6
)
$
(1.9
)
$
248.3

Net earnings



68.2



68.2

Other comprehensive income




16.3


16.3

Total comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
 
84.5

Cash dividends declared ($0.43 per share)



(25.3
)


(25.3
)
Exercise of stock options
297,255


5.2




5.2

Employee stock purchase plan
84,075


1.9




1.9

Excess tax benefit for stock-based compensation


0.3




0.3

Repurchase and retirement of common stock
(154,917
)

(3.6
)



(3.6
)
Restricted stock units released
64,868


3.2




3.2

Stock grants compensation expense


0.3




0.3

Stock option compensation expense


3.6




3.6

Deferred compensation plan







Performance stock units compensation expense


0.7




0.7

Directors' fees
15,746


0.4




0.4

Balance, June 1, 2013
58,682,958

$
11.7

$
102.9

$
331.1

$
(124.3
)
$
(1.9
)
$
319.5



- 39 -



Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
(In millions, except share and per share data)
Shares of Common Stock
Common Stock
Additional Paid-In Capital
Retained Earnings
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Key Executive Deferred Compensation
Total Stockholders' Equity
Balance, June 1, 2013
58,682,958

$
11.7

$
102.9

$
331.1

$
(124.3
)
$
(1.9
)
$
319.5

Net loss



(22.1
)


(22.1
)
Other comprehensive income




86.4


86.4

Total comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
 
64.3

Cash dividends declared ($0.53 per share)



(31.6
)


(31.6
)
Exercise of stock options
821,050

0.2

18.8




19.0

Employee stock purchase plan
63,753


1.8




1.8

Excess tax benefit for stock-based compensation


0.5




0.5

Repurchase and retirement of common stock
(408,391
)

(12.7
)



(12.7
)
Restricted stock units released
143,094


5.4




5.4

Stock grants compensation expense


0.2




0.2

Stock option compensation expense


2.3




2.3

Deferred compensation plan


(0.2
)


0.2


Performance stock units compensation expense


3.0




3.0

Directors' fees
12,358


0.4




0.4

Balance, May 31, 2014
59,314,822

$
11.9

$
122.4

$
277.4

$
(37.9
)
$
(1.7
)
$
372.1



- 40 -



Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
Fiscal Years Ended
(In millions)
May 31, 2014
 
June 1, 2013
 
June 2, 2012
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss)
$
(22.1
)
 
$
68.2

 
$
75.2

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities
112.2

 
68.3

 
14.9

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
90.1

 
136.5

 
90.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Marketable securities purchases
(5.2
)
 
(3.7
)
 
(7.1
)
Marketable securities sales
4.9

 
2.5

 
8.5

Capital expenditures
(40.8
)
 
(50.2
)
 
(28.5
)
Proceeds from sales of property and dealers
1.3

 
1.2

 
17.4

Acquisitions, net of cash received
(6.7
)
 
(157.5
)
 
(47.1
)
Other, net
(1.7
)
 
(2.0
)
 
(1.6
)
Net Cash Used for Investing Activities
(48.2
)
 
(209.7
)
 
(58.4
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Notes payable payments

 
(2.4
)
 

Proceeds from notes payable

 
2.4

 

Dividends paid
(30.3
)
 
(19.1
)
 
(5.2
)
Common stock issued
20.8

 
7.2

 
6.4

Common stock repurchased and retired
(12.7
)
 
(3.6
)
 
(2.7
)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
1.1

 
0.3

 
(0.1
)
Payment of contingent consideration obligation
(1.3
)
 
(0.8
)
 

Net Cash Used for Financing Activities
(22.4
)
 
(16.0
)
 
(1.6
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(0.7
)
 
(0.3
)
 
(0.1
)
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
18.8

 
(89.5
)
 
30.0

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
82.7

 
172.2

 
142.2

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year
101.5

 
82.7

 
172.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Cash Flow Information
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid
15.6

 
14.9

 
16.4

Income taxes paid, net of cash received
$
34.5

 
$
37.7

 
$
19.7



- 41 -



Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Table of Contents
Page No.
 
 
 
Note 3 - Inventories
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 10 - Income Taxes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

1. Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies

The following is a summary of significant accounting and reporting policies not reflected elsewhere in the accompanying financial statements.
Principles of Consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Herman Miller, Inc. and its majority-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries. The consolidated entities are collectively referred to as “the company.” All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Nonconsolidated affiliates (20-50 percent owned companies) are accounted for using the equity method.

Description of Business
The company researches, designs, manufactures and distributes interior furnishings, for use in various environments including office, healthcare, educational, and residential settings, and provides related services that support companies all over the world. The company's products are sold primarily through independent contract office furniture dealers as well as the following channels: owned contract office furniture dealers, direct customer sales, independent retailers, and the company's online store. Accordingly, accounts and notes receivable in the accompanying balance sheets are principally amounts due from the dealers.

Fiscal Year
The company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to May 31. The fiscal years ended May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 each contain 52 weeks , while the fiscal year ended June 2, 2012 contains 53 weeks . An extra week in the company's fiscal year is required approximately every six years in order to realign its fiscal calendar-end dates with the actual calendar months.

Foreign Currency Translation
The functional currency for foreign subsidiaries is their local currency. The cumulative effects of translating the balance sheet accounts from the functional currency into the United States dollar using fiscal year-end exchange rates and translating revenue and expense accounts using average exchange rates for the period is reflected as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The financial statement impact of remeasuring all foreign currency transactions into the appropriate functional currency resulted in a net loss of $1.2 million , $1.3 million and $1.3 million for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2014 , June 1, 2013 and June 2, 2012 , respectively. These amounts are included in “Other expenses (income)” in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.


- 42 -



Cash Equivalents
The company holds cash equivalents as part of its cash management function. Cash equivalents include money market funds, time deposit investments, and treasury bills with original maturities of less than three months. The carrying value of cash equivalents, which approximates fair value, totaled $5.6 million an d $5.9 million as of May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 , respectively. All cash and cash equivalents are high-credit quality financial instruments, and the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution or instrument is limited.

Marketable Securities
The company maintains a portfolio of marketable securities primarily comprised of investment-grade, fixed-income securities. These investments are held by the company's wholly owned insurance captive and are considered “available-for-sale” securities. Accordingly, they have been recorded at fair value based on quoted market prices, with the resulting net unrealized holding gains or losses reflected net of tax as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

All marketable security transactions are recognized on the trade date. Realized gains and losses on disposal of available-for-sale investments are included in “Interest and other investment income” in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. See Note 11 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosures of marketable securities.

Accounts Receivable Allowances
Reserves for uncollectible accounts receivable balances are based on known customer exposures, historical credit experience, and the specific identification of other potentially uncollectible accounts. Balances are written off against the reserve once the company determines the probability of collection to be remote. The company generally does not require collateral or other security on trade accounts receivable.

Concentrations of Credit Risk
Our trade receivables are primarily due from independent dealers who, in turn, carry receivables from their customers. We monitor and manage the credit risk associated with individual dealers and direct customers where applicable. Dealers are responsible for assessing and assuming credit risk of their customers and may require their customers to provide deposits, letters of credit or other credit enhancement measures. Some sales contracts are structured such that the customer payment or obligation is direct to us. In those cases, we may assume the credit risk. Whether from dealers or customers, our trade credit exposures are not concentrated with any particular entity.
 
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market and include material, labor, and overhead. Inventory cost is determined using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method at the manufacturing sites in Michigan, whereas inventories of the company's other subsidiaries are valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The company establishes reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, based on prevailing circumstances and judgment for consideration of current events, such as economic conditions, that may affect inventory. The reserve required to record inventory at lower of cost or market may be adjusted in response to changing conditions. Further information on the company's recorded inventory balances can be found in Note 3 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Property, Equipment, and Depreciation
Property and equipment are stated at cost. The cost is depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets, using the straight-line method. Estimated useful lives range from 3 to 10 years for machinery and equipment and do not exceed 40 years for buildings. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the lease term or the useful life of the asset, not to exceed 10 years . We capitalize certain external and internal costs incurred in connection with the development, testing, and installation of software for internal use. Software for internal use is included in property and equipment and is depreciated over an estimated useful life not exceeding 5 years . Depreciation and amortization expense is included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income in the "Cost of sales", "Selling, general and administrative" and "Design and research" line items.

As of the end of fiscal 2014 , outstanding commitments for future capital purchases approximated $12.7 million .

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
The company performs an annual goodwill impairment test, by reporting unit, to determine whether the asset values are impaired. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment.

The company also evaluates its acquired intangible assets at acquisition to determine whether any have “indefinite useful lives.” Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, are not subject to amortization. The company's indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of certain trade names valued at approximately $40.9 million and $62.3 million as of fiscal year 2014 and 2013 , respectively. These assets have indefinite useful lives and are evaluated annually for impairment using the relief from royalty method. Inputs for the relief from royalty method include revenue forecasts,

- 43 -



royalty rate and discount rate. The company measures and records an impairment loss for the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value.

The company recognized asset impairment expenses totaling $21.4 million associated with the Nemschoff and POSH trade name intangibles for the fiscal year 2014. The Nemschoff and Posh trade name assets are included in the North American Furniture Solutions reportable segment and ELA Furniture Solutions segment, respectively. During the fiscal year 2012, the company also recorded impairment expenses of $3.8 million for the indefinite-lived intangible assets related to two healthcare trade names. These impairment expenses are recorded in the restructuring and impairment expense line in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and are included in the "Corporate" category within the segment reporting and represent level 3 fair value measurements.

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived assets included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following:
(In millions)
 
Goodwill
 
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
 
Total Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
Balance, June 2, 2012
 
$
146.4

 
$
39.3

 
$
185.7

Sale of owned dealers
 
(0.1
)
 

 
(0.1
)
Maharam acquisition
 
80.7

 
23.0

 
103.7

Balance, June 1, 2013
 
227.0

 
62.3

 
289.3

Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
0.6

 

 
0.6

Sale of owned dealers
 
(0.4
)
 

 
(0.4
)
China manufacturing and distribution acquisition
 
1.0

 

 
1.0

Impairment charges
 

 
(21.4
)
 
(21.4
)
Balance, May 31, 2014
 
$
228.2

 
$
40.9

 
$
269.1


Goodwill stemming from the acquisition of Maharam in fiscal 2013 was allocated to the North-American Furniture Solutions and Specialty and Consumer reportable segments. The indefinite-lived intangible assets that were acquired from the Maharam business combination are all included within the Specialty and Consumer reportable segment.

Long-Lived Assets
The company reviews other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or an asset group may not be recoverable. Each impairment test is based on a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group or in some cases by prices for similar assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment amount to be recognized is the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds their fair value.

Impairment expense of $4.0 million was recording during fiscal 2014 related to property in Ningbo, China. This was due to the acquisition of manufacturing-related assets, including a production facility and related equipment, in Dongguan, China, and as a result, the company decided not to pursue the construction of a new manufacturing and distribution facility on the previously acquired property in Ningbo. The company evaluated the fair value of this property and recorded an asset impairment, equal to the excess of carrying value over fair value. During fiscal 2012, the company recorded an impairment expense of $1.4 million related to fixed assets in connection with the 2012 restructuring plan. Both of these impairment charges were recorded in "Restructuring and impairment expenses" and were classified in the "Corporate" category for segment reporting purposes and represent level 3 fair value measurements.

Amortizable intangible assets within "Other amortizable intangibles, net" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consists primarily of patents, trademarks and customer relationships. The "customer relationships" intangible asset is comprised of relationships with customers and specifiers and networks and relationships with dealers and distributors. Refer to the following table for the combined gross carrying value and accumulated amortization for these amortizable intangibles.

- 44 -



 
May 31, 2014
(In millions)
Patent and Trademarks
 
Customer Relationships
 
Other
 
Total
Gross carrying value
$
19.2

 
$
43.6

 
$
4.8

 
$
67.6

Accumulated amortization
12.7

 
8.3

 
2.4

 
23.4

Net
$
6.5

 
$
35.3

 
$
2.4

 
$
44.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 1, 2013
 
Patent and Trademarks
 
Customer Relationships
 
Other
 
Total
Gross carrying value
$
21.6

 
$
40.1

 
$
5.0

 
$
66.7

Accumulated amortization
12.3

 
4.8

 
1.6

 
18.7

Net
$
9.3

 
$
35.3

 
$
3.4

 
$
48.0


The company amortizes these assets over their remaining useful lives using the straight-line method over periods ranging from 5 to 20 years. It is estimated that the average remaining life of such patents and trademarks is approximately 5 years and 6 years, respectively. The estimated average remaining life of the customer relationships is 13 years.

Estimated amortization expense on existing amortizable intangible assets as of May 31, 2014 , for each of the succeeding five fiscal years is as follows:
(In millions)
 
2015
$
4.4

2016
$
4.4

2017
$
4.4

2018
$
4.4

2019
$
3.8


Self-Insurance
The company is partially self-insured for general liability, workers' compensation, and certain employee health and dental benefits under insurance arrangements that provide for third-party coverage of claims exceeding the company's loss retention levels. The company's health benefits retention level does not include an aggregate stop loss policy. The company's retention levels designated within significant insurance arrangements as of May 31, 2014 , ar e as follows:
(In millions)
 
Retention Level (per occurrence)
General liability and auto liability/physical damage
 
$
1.00

Workers' compensation and property
 
$
0.75


The company's policy is to accrue amounts equal to the actuarially-determined liabilities for loss and loss adjustment expenses, which are included in “Other liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The actuarial valuations are based on historical information along with certain assumptions about future events. Changes in assumptions for such matters as legal actions, medical costs, and changes in actual experience could cause these estimates to change. The general and workers' compensation liabilities are managed through the company's wholly-owned insurance captive.

Research, Development, and Other Related Costs
Research, development, pre-production, and start-up costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development (R&D) costs consist of expenditures incurred during the course of planned research and investigation aimed at discovery of new knowledge useful in developing new products or processes. R&D costs also include the significant enhancement of existing products or production processes and the implementation of such through design, testing of product alternatives, or construction of prototypes. Research and development costs included in “Design and research” expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income are $53.9 million , $48.3 million , and $41.0 million , in fiscal 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 , respectively.


- 45 -



Royalty payments made to designers of the company's products as the products are sold are a variable cost based on product sales. These expenses totaled $12.0 million , $11.6 million , and $11.7 million in fiscal years 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 respectively. They are included in "Design and research" expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income .

Customer Payments and Incentives
We offer various sales incentive programs to our customers, such as rebates, discounts and cooperative advertising programs. Programs such as rebates and discounts are adjustments to the selling price and are therefore characterized as a reduction to net sales. The cooperative advertising program, whereby customers are reimbursed for company approved advertising expenditures, provides us with an identifiable benefit from the advertisement at a verifiable market rate. Therefore, the cost of the cooperative advertising program is recognized as an operating expense and is included in the "Selling, general and administrative" line in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. We recognized operating expense related to our cooperative advertising program of $2.0 million for each of the fiscal years ended 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 .

Revenue Recognition
The company recognizes revenue on sales through its network of independent contract furniture dealers and independent retailers once the related product is shipped and title passes. In situations where products are sold through subsidiary dealers or directly to the end customer, revenue is recognized once the related product is shipped to the end customer and installation, if applicable, is substantially complete. Offers such as rebates and discounts are recorded as reductions to net sales. Unearned revenue occurs during the normal course of business due to advance payments from customers for future delivery of products and services.

Shipping and Handling Expenses
The company records shipping and handling related expenses under the caption “Cost of sales” in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Cost of Sales
We include material, labor and overhead in cost of sales. Included within these categories are such items as freight charges, warehousing costs, internal transfer costs, and other costs of our distribution network.
 
Selling, General, and Administrative
We include costs not directly related to the manufacturing of our products in the "Selling, general, and administrative" line within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Included in these expenses are items such as compensation expense, rental expense, royalty expense, warranty expense, and travel and entertainment expense.
 
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities, and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse.
The company's annual effective tax rate is based on income, statutory tax rates, and tax planning strategies available in the various jurisdictions the company operates. Complex tax laws can be subject to different interpretations by the company and the respective government authorities. Significant judgment is required in evaluating tax positions and determining our tax expense. Tax positions are reviewed quarterly and tax assets and liabilities are adjusted as new information becomes available.

In evaluating the company's ability to recover deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, the company considers all positive and negative evidence. These assumptions require significant judgment about forecasts of future taxable income.

Stock-Based Compensation
The company has several stock-based compensation plans, which are described in Not e 9 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our policy is to expense stock-based compensation using the fair-value based method of accounting for all awards granted.
 
Earnings per Share
Basic earnings per share (EPS) excludes the dilutive effect of common shares that could potentially be issued, due to the exercise of stock options or the vesting of restricted shares, and is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS for fiscal years 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 , was computed by dividing net earnings by the sum of the weighted-averag e number of shares outstanding, plus all dilutive shares that could potentially be issued. Refer to Note 8 of the Consolidated Financial Statements fo r further information regarding the computation of EPS.


- 46 -



Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income consists of net earnings, foreign currency translation adjustments, and unrealized holding gain (loss) on “available-for-sale” securities and pension liability adjustments. Refer to Note 15 of the Consolidated Financial Statements fo r further information regarding Comprehensive income (loss).

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fair Value
The Company follows ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , which provides a consistent definition of fair value, focuses on exit price, prioritizes the use of market-based inputs over entity-specific inputs for measuring fair value and establishes a three-tier hierarchy for fair value measurements. This topic requires fair value measurements to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:
Level 1 — Financial instruments with unadjusted, quoted prices listed on active market exchanges.
Level 2 — Financial instruments lacking unadjusted, quoted prices from active market exchanges, including over-the-counter traded financial instruments. Financial instrument values are determined using prices for recently traded financial instruments with similar underlying terms and direct or indirect observational inputs, such as interest rates and yield curves at commonly quoted intervals.
Level 3 — Financial instruments not actively traded on a market exchange and there is little, if any, market activity. Values are determined using significant unobservable inputs or valuation techniques.

See Note 11 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for the required fair value disclosures.

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts Not Designated as Hedges
The company transacts business in various foreign currencies and has established a program that primarily utilizes foreign currency forward contracts to offset the risks associated with the effects of certain foreign currency exposures. Under this program, the company's strategy is to have increases or decreases in our foreign currency exposures offset by gains or losses on the foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate the risks and volatility associated with foreign currency transaction gains or losses. These foreign currency exposures typically arise from net liability or asset exposures in non-functional currencies on the balance sheets of our foreign subsidiaries. These foreign currency forward contracts generally settle within 30 days and are not used for trading purposes. These forward contracts are not designated as hedging instruments. Accordingly, we record the fair value of these contracts as of the end of the reporting period in the Consolidated Balance Sheets with changes in fair value recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The balance sheet classification for the fair values of these forward contracts is to "Other" current assets for unrealized gains and to "Other accrued liabilities" for unrealized losses. The Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income classification for the fair values of these forward contracts is to "Other expenses (income): Other, net", for both realized and unrealized gains and losses.

As of May 31, 2014 , the notional amounts of the forward contracts held to purchase and sell U.S. dollars in exchange for other major international currencies were $26.7 million and the notional amounts of the foreign currency forward contracts held to purchase and sell British pound sterling in exchange for other major international currencies were  £15.2 million . The company also has other forward contracts related to other currency pairs at varying notional amounts.

The effects of derivative instruments on the consolidated financial statements were as follows for the fiscal years ended 2014 and 2013 (amounts presented exclude any income tax effects):

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments in Consolidated Balance Sheet
(In millions)
 
 
Fiscal Year
 
Balance Sheet Location
 
May 31, 2014
 
June 1, 2013
Foreign currency forward contracts not designated as hedges
Other current assets
 
$
0.2

 
$
0.3

Foreign currency forward contracts not designated as hedges
Other current liabilities
 
$
0.1

 
$
0.3



- 47 -



Effects of Derivative Instruments on Income
(In millions)
 
 
Fiscal Year
 
Recognized Income on Derivative (Gain) Loss Location
 
May 31, 2014
 
June 1, 2013
 
June 2, 2012
Foreign currency forward contracts
Other expenses (income): Other, net
 
$
(0.1
)
 
$

 
$
0.1


New Accounting Standards
Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance
During the first quarter of fiscal 2014, the company adopted Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2013-02, "Comprehensive Income (ASC Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income," which requires entities to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, entities are required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, entities are required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail on these amounts. Refer to Note 15 for the disclosures related to this adoption.

Accounting Guidance Issued But Not Adopted as of May 31, 2014
In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued ASU 2013-11, "Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists," which defines the presentation requirements of an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, in the financial statements. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted and retrospective application is permitted, but not required. The company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued a new standard on revenue recognition. The new standard outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The core principle of the revenue model is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard is designed to create greater comparability for financial statement users across industries and jurisdictions and also requires enhanced disclosures. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

2. Acquisitions and Divestitures

China Manufacturing and Distribution Acquisition
On September 30, 2013, the company acquired certain assets from Dongguan Sun Hing Steel Furniture Factory Ltd (DGSH) which together, constituted the acquisition of a business. The acquired business is a manufacturing and distribution operation in Dongguan, China, where product sold under the POSH trade name are produced. Subject to the finalization of certain post-closing adjustments, consideration transferred to acquire the net assets of DGSH consisted of $8.2 million in cash, of which $6.7 million wa s paid during the second and third quarters of fiscal 2014. The final payment is expected to be made within the next 12 months. The company is still finalizing information related to the valuation of the assets acquired and expects to finalize these matters within the measurement period.

Maharam Acquisition
On April 23, 2013, the company entered into an agreement to purchase Maharam Fabric Corporation, a New York-based, global designer and provider of high quality interior textiles for commercial, healthcare, and residential interiors. The company pursued the acquisition of Maharam in order to reinforce and accelerate Herman Miller’s Specialty and Consumer initiative and support further opportunities in commercial markets.

The company closed the transaction on April 29, 2013 for consideration of $155.8 million . As a result of the transaction, 100 percent of the voting equity interests of Maharam were acquired. Furthermore, the company estimates it will receive future tax benefits with a present value of approximately $20 million . The allocation of the purchase price was finalized during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed from Maharam on April 29, 2013:

- 48 -



Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed on April 29, 2013
(In millions)
Fair Value
Purchase price
$
155.8

Fair value of the assets acquired
 
Accounts receivable
11.1

Inventory
14.1

Other current assets
4.4

Investments in nonconsolidated affiliates
4.3

Other intangible assets
42.4

Goodwill
80.7

Property
12.1

Long term deferred tax asset
1.6

Other assets
0.2

Total assets acquired
170.9

Fair value of liabilities assumed
 
Accounts payable
6.5

Current deferred tax liabilities
1.6

Accrued compensation and benefits
4.7

Other accrued liabilities
1.0

Other long term liabilities
1.3

Total liabilities assumed
15.1

Net assets acquired
$
155.8


The goodwill stemming from the transaction in the amount of $80.7 million was recorded as "Goodwill" in the Consolidated Balance Sheet and allocated to the North American Furniture Solutions and the Specialty and Consumer reportable segments. The amounts were allocated based on the expected synergies to be realized by the reportable segments that will benefit from combining the operations of Maharam into the company. The goodwill amounts allocated to the reportable segments were as follows:
Goodwill Segment Allocation as of April 29, 2013
(In millions)
Fair Value
North American Furniture Solutions
$
31.9

Specialty and Consumer
48.8

Total Goodwill
$
80.7


Intangible assets acquired as a result of the April 29, 2013 acquisition of Maharam were valued at $42.4 million . These amounts are reflected in the values presented in the table below:
Intangible Assets Acquired on April 29, 2013
 
(In millions)
Fair Value
Useful Life
Trade name
$
23.0

Indefinite
Designs and patterns
3.1

5
Specifier and customer relationships
16.0

15
Non-compete agreements
0.3

2
Total Intangibles Acquired
$
42.4

 

POSH Acquisition
On April 3, 2012, the company acquired Sun Hing POSH Holdings Limited (POSH). POSH is a Hong Kong-based designer, and distributor of office furniture systems, freestanding furniture, seating, and filing and storage with distribution in Hong Kong and China. The total purchase

- 49 -



price to acquire POSH was approximately $58.9 million , which included $48.8 million in net cash and contingent consideration valued at $10.1 million .

During fiscal 2014, the portion of the contingent consideration that was related to the targeted sales growth of POSH was reduced by $2.6 million . The benefit of this change in value is reflected within “Total operating expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Since the acquisition of POSH, payments of $1.4 million have been made related to the contingent consideration obligation. The remaining contingent consideration will be in the form of a cash payment, which the company currently estimates to be $4.1 million . This payment is expected to be made in the next twelve months.

The company acquired assets valued at $15.8 million , consisting primarily of cash, accounts receivable, inventory and property and equipment, and acquired liabilities valued at $8.6 million . The company also established a deferred tax liability of $4.9 million . Resulting goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles, and amortizable intangibles were $34.5 million , $19.9 million , and $8.9 million , respectively. The allocation of the purchase price was finalized during the third quarter of fiscal 2013 and the amounts included above are final. POSH is reported within the ELA Furniture Solutions reportable operating segment.

Divestitures
During fiscal 2014, the company completed the sale of four wholly-owned contract furniture dealerships. The sale of these dealerships, that were located in Canada, Arkansas, Oregon, and Oklahoma, was not material to the consolidated financial statements. A gain on sale of $1.3 million was recognized as a result of the sale of the Oklahoma dealership.

During fiscal 2013, the company completed the sale of one wholly-owned contract furniture dealership in Florida, the impact of which was not material to the consolidated financial statements.

During fiscal 2012, the company completed the sale of three wholly-owned contract furniture dealerships. The sale of these dealerships, that were located in Texas, Colorado, and California, was not material to the consolidated financial statements.

3. Inventories
(In millions)
 
May 31, 2014
 
June 1, 2013
Finished goods and work in process
 
$
58.2

 
$
57.5

Raw materials
 
20.2

 
18.7

Total
 
$
78.4

 
$
76.2


The inventories of the manufacturing sites in Michigan are valued using the last-in, first-out method (LIFO). The inventories of all other subsidiaries are valued using the first-in, first-out method. Inventories valued using LIFO amounted to $20.5 million and $22.4 million as of May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 , respect ively. If all inventories had been valued using the first-in first-out method, inventories would have been $89.6 million and $86.9 million at May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 , respectively.

During 2014, a reduction in inventory quantities resulted in a liquidation of applicable LIFO inventory quantities carried at lower costs in prior years. This LIFO liquidation decreased cost of goods sold by a negligible amount in 2014.

During 2012, a reduction in inventory quantities resulted in a liquidation of applicable LIFO inventory quantities carried at lower costs in prior years. This LIFO liquidation decreased cost of goods sold by a negligible amount in 2012.

4. Investments in Nonconsolidated Affiliates

The company had an ownership interest in four nonconsolidated affiliates at May 31, 2014 . These equity method investments were acquired through the Maharam business combination. Refer to the company's ownership percentages shown below:
Ownership Interest
May 31, 2014
June 1, 2013
Kvadrat Maharam Arabia DMCC
50.0%
50.0%
Kvadrat Maharam Pty Limited
50.0%
50.0%
Kvadrat Maharam Turkey JSC
50.0%
50.0%
Danskina B.V.
50.0%
50.0%


- 50 -



The Kvadrat Maharam nonconsolidated affiliates are distribution entities that are engaged in selling decorative upholstery, drapery, and wall covering products. Danskina B.V. is a manufacturer and distributor of designer rugs and floor covering products.

At May 31, 2014 , the company's investment value in Kvadrat Maharam Pty was $2.3 million more than the company's proportionate share of the underlying net assets ( $2.5 million more at June 1, 2013 ). This difference was driven by a step-up in fair value of the investment in Kvadrat Maharam Pty, stemming from the Maharam business combination. This amount is considered to be a permanent basis difference.

At May 31, 2014 , the company's investment value in Danskina B.V. was $1.1 million more than the company's proportionate share of the underlying net assets ( $1.1 million more at June 1, 2013 ). This amount represents the difference in value between the capital contribution made to the joint venture by Maharam and the proportionate share of equity received. This amount is considered to be a permanent basis difference.

The company's investment in its nonconsolidated affiliates was $4.1 million at May 31, 2014 and $4.2 million at June 1, 2013 . The company's proportionate share of equity earnings from these companies was $0.1 million for the year ended May 31, 2014 and $(0.1) million for the year ended June 1, 2013 .

For the year ended May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 , the purchases from and sales to nonconsolidated affiliates were immaterial. At May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 , balances due to and from nonconsolidated affiliates were also immaterial.

5. Long-Term Debt
 
Long-term debt consisted of the following obligations:
(In millions)
 
May 31, 2014
 
June 1, 2013
Series A senior notes, 5.94%, due January 3, 2015
 
$
50.0

 
$
50.0

Series B senior notes, 6.42%, due January 3, 2018
 
150.0

 
150.0

Debt securities, 6.0%, due March 1, 2021
 
50.0

 
50.0

Total
 
$
250.0

 
$
250.0


Because the company's Series A Senior Notes are due on January 3, 2015, $50 million was reclassified within the Consolidated Balance Sheet from "Long-term debt" to "Current maturities of long-term debt" during fiscal 2014.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2014, the company entered into a revolving line of credit, which provides the company with approximately $5 million in revolving variable interest borrowing capacity. The company intends to utilize the revolver, which is denominated in Chinese Renminbi, to meet working capital cash flow needs at its South China operations. The uncommitted facility is subject to changes in bank approval and outstanding borrowings bear interest at rates based on a benchmark lending rate. As of May 31, 2014 , there were no borrowings against this facility.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2013, the company entered into a revolving line of credit, which provides the company with approximately $5 million in revolving variable interest borrowing capacity. The company intends to utilize the revolver, which is denominated in Chinese Renminbi, to meet working capital cash flow needs at its Ningbo, China operations. The uncommitted facility is subject to changes in bank approval and outstanding borrowings bear interest at rates based on a benchmark lending rate. Each draw on the line of credit is subject to a maximum period of one year, and corresponding interest is payable on the maturity date of each draw. As of May 31, 2014 , there were no borrowings against this facility.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2012, the company entered into an amendment and restatement of the syndicated revolving line of credit, which provided the company with up to $150 million in revolving variable interest borrowing capacity and includes an "accordion feature", which allows the company to increase, at its option and subject to the approval of the participating banks, the aggregate borrowing capacity of the facility by $75 million . The facility expires in November 2016 and outstanding borrowings bear interest at rates based on the prime rate, federal funds rate, LIBOR, or negotiated rates as outlined in the agreement. Interest is payable periodically throughout the period a borrowing is outstanding. As of May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 , total usage against this facility was $4.9 million and $7.7 million respectively, all of which related to outstanding letters of credit.

Our senior notes and the unsecured senior revolving credit facility restrict, without prior consent, our borrowings, capital leases, and the sale of certain assets. In addition, we have agreed to maintain certain financial performance ratios, which include a maximum leverage ratio covenant, which is measured by the ratio of debt to trailing four quarter adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement) and is required to be less than 3.5 :1, except that we may elect, under certain conditions, to increase the maximum Leverage Ratio to 4.0 to 1.0 for four consecutive fiscal quarter end dates. The covenants also require a minimum interest coverage ratio, which is measured by the ratio of trailing four quarter EBITDA

- 51 -



to trailing four quarter interest expense (as defined in the credit agreement) and is required to be greater than 4 :1. Adjusted EBITDA is generally defined in the credit agreement as EBITDA adjusted by certain items which include non-cash share-based compensation, non-recurring restructuring costs, legacy pension expenses and extraordinary ite ms. At May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 , the company was in compliance with all of these restrictions and performance ratios.

Annual maturities of long-term debt for the five fiscal years subsequent to May 31, 2014 , are as follows:
(In millions)
 
2015
$
50.0

2016
$

2017
$

2018
$
150.0

2019
$

Thereafter
$
50.0


6. Operating Leases

The company leases real property and equipment under agreements that expire on various dates. Certain leases contain renewal provisions and generally require the company to pay utilities, insurance, taxes, and other operating expenses.

Future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have non-cancelable lease terms as of May 31, 2014 , are as follows:
(In millions)
 
2015
$
21.0

2016
$
17.0

2017
$
11.8

2018
$
9.8

2019
$
7.1

Thereafter
$
18.7


Total rental expense charged to operations was $25.6 million , $23.0 million , and $20.7 million , in fiscal 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 , respectively. Substantially all such rental expense represented the minimum rental payments under operating leases.

7. Employee Benefit Plans
 
The company maintains retirement benefit plans for substantially all of its employees.

Pension Plans and Post-Retirement Medical Insurance
During fiscal 2014, the company settled the remaining obligations associated with its primary domestic defined benefit pension plans. Plan participants received vested benefits from the plan assets by electing either a lump sum distribution, roll-over contribution to other 401(k) or individual retirement plans, or an annuity contract with a qualifying third-party provider. As a result of the settlement, the company was relieved of any further obligation. Pension settlement charges of $158.2 million , before tax, were recorded during the current year. The settlement expenses included the pre-tax reclassifications of actuarial gains and losses from accumulated other comprehensive loss of $137.7 million , cash contributions to the plan of $48.8 million , net of the outstanding pension plan liability prior to settlement. Cost of goods sold included $49.3 million of the settlement expense, while $108.9 million of the expense was included in operating expenses. After the settlement, the remaining pension assets of $0.9 million were transferred to the company's defined contribution 401(k) plan.

The primary domestic defined-benefit plan included benefits determined by a cash balance calculation. Benefits under this plan were based upon an employee's years of service and earnings. The company also offers certain employees retirement benefits under other domestic defined benefit p lans. The company provides healthcare benefits to employees who retired from service on or before a qualifying date in 1998. As of the qualifying date, the company discontinued offering post-retirement medical to future retirees. Benefits to qualifying retirees under this plan are based on the employee's years of service and age at the date of retirement. In addition to the domestic pension and retiree healthcare plan, one of the company's wholly owned foreign subsidiaries has a defined-benefit pension plan based upon an average final pay benefit calculation. The measurement date for the company's principal domestic and international pension plans, as well as its post-retirement medical plan, is the last day of the fiscal year.

- 52 -




Benefit Obligations and Funded Status
The following table presents, for the fiscal years noted, a summary of the changes in the projected benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status of the company's domestic and international pension plans and post-retirement plan:
 
Pension Benefits
 
Post-Retirement Benefits
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
(In millions)
Domestic
 
International
 
Domestic
 
International
 
 
 
 
Change in benefit obligation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
$
314.7

 
$
91.2

 
$
332.7

 
$
86.1

 
$
9.0

 
$
9.8

Service cost

 

 
1.9

 

 

 

Interest cost
5.2

 
4.2

 
10.9

 
3.7

 
0.3

 
0.3

Curtailments

 

 

 

 

 

Plan settlements
(331.1
)
 

 
(40.0
)
 

 

 

Foreign exchange impact

 
9.6

 

 
(1.2
)
 

 

Actuarial (gain)/loss
16.8

 
2.3

 
15.6

 
4.5

 
(1.0
)
 
(0.2
)
Employee contributions

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses paid
(0.4
)
 

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid
(4.1
)
 
(1.9
)
 
(6.4
)
 
(1.9
)
 
(0.8
)
 
(0.9
)
Benefit obligation at end of year
$
1.1

 
$
105.4

 
$
314.7

 
$
91.2

 
$
7.5

 
$
9.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in plan assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
$
290.0

 
$
84.2

 
$
316.9

 
$
72.6

 
$

 
$

Actual return on plan assets
(2.3
)
 
2.4

 
19.5

 
11.1

 

 

Foreign exchange impact

 
8.6

 

 
(1.2
)
 

 

Employer contributions
48.8

 
1.5

 

 
3.6

 
0.8

 
0.9

Employee contributions

 

 

 

 

 

Plan settlements
(331.1
)
 

 
(40.0
)
 

 

 

Expenses paid
(0.4
)
 

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid
(4.1
)
 
(1.9
)
 
(6.4
)
 
(1.9
)
 
(0.8
)
 
(0.9
)
Transfers out to 401(k) plan
(0.9
)
 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year
$

 
$
94.8

 
$
290.0

 
$
84.2

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded status:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under funded status at end of year
$
(1.1
)
 
$
(10.6
)
 
$
(24.7
)
 
$
(7.0
)
 
$
(7.5
)
 
$
(9.0
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Components of the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
$
(0.1
)
 
$

 
$
(0.1
)
 
$

 
$
(0.9
)
 
$
(1.0
)
Non-current liabilities
$
(1.0
)
 
$
(10.6
)
 
$
(24.6
)
 
$
(7.0
)
 
$
(6.6
)
 
$
(8.0
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Components of the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss before the effect of income taxes:
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
$
0.4

 
$
34.3

 
$
140.5

 
$
27.9

 
$
0.3

 
$
1.3

Unrecognized prior service cost (credit)

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
$
0.4

 
$
34.3

 
$
140.5

 
$
27.9

 
$
0.3

 
$
1.3


- 53 -




The accumulated benefit obligation for the company's domestic pension benefit plans tota led $1.1 million and $314.7 million as of the end of fiscal years 2014 and 2013 , respectively. For its international plans, these amounts tota led $102.4 million and $88.3 million as of the same dates, respectively.

The following table is a summary of the annual cost of the company's pension and post-retirement plans:
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs and Other Changes Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income:
 
Pension Benefits
 
Post-Retirement Benefits
(In millions)
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Domestic:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
$

 
$
1.9

 
$
7.0

 
$

 
$

 
$

Interest cost
5.2

 
10.9

 
14.4

 
0.3

 
0.3

 
0.4

Expected return on plan assets
(3.6
)
 
(12.1
)
 
(19.3
)
 

 

 

Net amortization
4.7

 
11.8

 
7.2

 

 
0.1

 
0.1

Curtailment (gain)

 

 
(1.7
)
 

 

 

Settlement Loss
158.2

 
18.8

 

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost
$
164.5

 
$
31.3

 
$
7.6

 
$
0.3

 
$
0.4

 
$
0.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
International:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
$

 
$

 
$
1.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest cost
4.2

 
3.7

 
3.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
Expected return on plan assets
(5.2
)
 
(4.9
)
 
(4.8
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net amortization
1.8

 
1.4

 
0.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net periodic benefit cost
$
0.8

 
$
0.2

 
$
0.7

 
 
 
 
 
 

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive (Income):
 
Pension Benefits
 
Post-Retirement Benefits
(In millions)
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
Domestic:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial (gain) loss
$
22.9

 
$
8.2

 
$
(1.0
)
 
$
(0.3
)
Net amortization, curtailment, and settlements
(163.0
)
 
(30.6
)
 

 
(0.1
)
Total recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss
$
(140.1
)
 
$
(22.4
)
 
$
(1.0
)
 
$
(0.4
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
International:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial (gain) loss
$
5.2

 
$
(1.7
)
 
 
 
 
Effect of exchange rates on amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income
3.0

 
(0.2
)
 
 
 
 
Net amortization
(1.8
)
 
(1.4
)
 
 
 
 
Total recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss
$
6.4

 
$
(3.3
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The net actuarial loss, incl uded in accumulated other comprehensive loss (pretax), expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost during fiscal 2015 is $1.9 million .
 

- 54 -



Actuarial Assumptions
The weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation amounts and the net periodic benefit cost for the company's pension and post-retirement plans are as follows:
The weighted-average used in the determination of net periodic benefit cost:
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
(Percentages)
Domestic
 
International
 
Domestic
 
International
 
Domestic
 
International
Discount rate
3.43
 
4.40
 
3.34
 
4.20
 
4.75
 
5.40
Compensation increase rate
n/a
 
3.50
 
3.00
 
3.00
 
3.00
 
3.50
Expected return on plan assets
n/a
 
6.00
 
4.20
 
6.00
 
7.00
 
7.00
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The weighted-average used in the determination of the projected benefit obligations:
Discount rate
3.44
 
4.40
 
3.43
 
4.40
 
3.57
 
4.20
Compensation increase rate
n/a
 
3.35
 
n/a
 
3.50
 
3.00
 
3.00

In calculating post-retirement benefit obligations for fiscal 2014 , a 7.2 percent annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered healthcare benefits was assumed for 2015, decreasing gradually to 4.5 percent by 2029 and remaining at that level thereafter. For purposes of calculating post-retirement benefit costs, a 7.4 percent annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered healthcare benefits was assumed for 2014 , decreasing gradually to 4.5 percent by 2029 an d remaining at that level thereafter.

Assumed health care cost-trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for retiree health care costs. A one-percentage-point change in the assumed health care cost-trend rates would have the following effects:
(In millions)
1 Percent Increase
 
1 Percent Decrease
Effect on total fiscal 2014 service and interest cost components
$

 
$

Effect on post-retirement benefit obligation at May 31, 2014
$
0.2

 
$
(0.2
)

Plan Assets and Investment Strategies
The assets related to the company's primary domestic employee benefit plans were liquidated in connection with the plan termination that occurred during fiscal 2014. Accordingly, plan assets for the primary domestic employee benefit plans were zero as of the end of fiscal 2014.

The company's international employee benefit plan assets consist mainly of listed fixed income obligations and common/collective trusts. The company's primary objective for invested pension plan assets is to provide for sufficient long-term growth and liquidity to satisfy all of its benefit obligations over time. Accordingly, the company has developed an investment strategy that it believes maximizes the probability of meeting this overall objective. This strategy includes the development of a target investment allocation by asset category in order to provide guidelines for making investment decisions. This target allocation emphasizes the long-term characteristics of individual asset classes as well as the diversification among multiple asset classes. In developing its strategy, the company considered the need to balance the varying risks associated with each asset class with the long-term nature of its benefit obligations. The company's strategy moving forward will be to increase the level of fixed income investments as the funding status improves, thereby more closely matching the return on assets with the liabilities of the plans.

The company utilizes independent investment managers to assist with investment decisions within the overall guidelines of the investment strategy.


- 55 -



The target asset allocation at the end of fiscal 2014 and asset categories for the company's primary pension plans for fiscal 2014 and 2013 are as follows:
Primary Domestic Plan
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset Category
 
Targeted Asset Allocation Percentage
 
Percentage of Plan Assets
at Year End
 
 
2014
 
2013
Equities
 
 
 
10
Fixed Income
 
 
 
86
Other
 
 
 
4
     Total
 
 
 
 
100
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
International Plan
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset Category
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equities
 
 
 
Fixed Income
 
20
 
26
 
26
Common collective trusts
 
80
 
74
 
74
Total
 
 
 
100
 
100
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In millions)
 
Domestic Plans as of May 31, 2014
Asset Category
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Total
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$

 
$

 
$

US & international equity securities
 

 

 

Debt securities-corporate
 

 

 

Common collective trust-equities
 

 

 

Common collective trusts-fixed income
 

 

 

     Total
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In millions)
 
International Plan as of May 31, 2014
Asset Category
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Total
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
0.2

 
$

 
$
0.2

Foreign government obligations
 

 
24.5

 
24.5

Common collective trusts-balanced
 

 
70.1

 
70.1

     Total
 
$
0.2

 
$
94.6

 
$
94.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In millions)
 
Domestic Plans as of June 1, 2013
Asset Category
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Total
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
12.5

 
$

 
$
12.5

US & international equity securities
 
2.2

 

 
2.2

Debt securities-corporate
 
7.6

 

 
7.6

Common collective trust-equities
 

 
26.5

 
26.5

Common collective trusts-fixed income
 

 
241.2

 
241.2

     Total
 
$
22.3

 
$
267.7

 
$
290.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In millions)
 
International Plan as of June 1, 2013
Asset Category
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Total
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
0.2

 
$

 
$
0.2

Foreign government obligations
 

 
22.0

 
22.0

Common collective trusts-balanced
 

 
62.0

 
62.0

     Total
 
$
0.2

 
$
84.0

 
$
84.2


- 56 -



Cash Flows
The company is reviewing whether any additional voluntary pension plan contributions will be made in the next year. Actual contributions will be dependent upon investment returns, changes in pension obligations, and other economic and regulatory factors. In fiscal 2014 , the company made total cash contributions of $50.2 million to its benefit plans. Of these cash contributions, $48.8 million were due to the termination of the company’s primary domestic defined benefit pension plans.

The following represents a summary of the benefits expected to be paid by the plans in future fiscal years. These expected benefits were estimated based on the same actuarial valuation assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at May 31, 2014 .
(In millions)
Pension Benefits Domestic
 
Pension Benefits International
 
Post-Retirement Benefits
2015
$
0.1

 
$
1.9

 
$
0.9

2016
$
0.1

 
$
2.4

 
$
0.9

2017
$
0.1

 
$
2.8

 
$
0.8

2018
$
0.1

 
$
3.0

 
$
0.8

2019
$
0.1

 
$
3.1

 
$
0.7

2020-2024
$
0.4

 
$
18.7

 
$
2.7


Profit Sharing, 401(k) Plan, and Core Contribution
Herman Miller, Inc. has a trusteed profit sharing plan that includes substantially all domestic employees. These employees are eligible to begin participating on their date of hire. The plan provides for discretionary contributions, payable in the company's common stock, of not more than 6 percent of employees' wages based on the company's financial performance. The cost of the profit sharing contribution during fiscal 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 were $6.4 million , $5.3 million and $3.4 million , respectively.

The company has traditionally matched 50 percent of employee contributions to their 401(k) accounts up to 6 percent of their pay. On September 1, 2012, this was amended to a match of 100 percent up to 3 percent of their pay. A core contribution of 4 percent was also added to the plan. This core contribution was effective as of January 1, 2012 for new employees starting after that date and September 1, 2012 for existing employees. The cost of the company's 401(k) matching contributions and core contributions charged against operations was approximately $20.3 million , $17.0 million , and $6.8 million in fiscal years 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively.

8. Common Stock and Per Share Information
The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators used in the calculations of basic and diluted EPS for each of the last three fiscal years:
(In millions, except shares)
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
Numerator for both basic and diluted EPS, net earnings (loss)
$
(22.1
)
 
$
68.2

 
$
75.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
Denominator for basic EPS, weighted-average common shares outstanding
58,955,487

 
58,425,522

 
58,171,472

Potentially dilutive shares resulting from stock plans

 
418,992

 
285,404

Denominator for diluted EPS
58,955,487

 
58,844,514

 
58,456,876


Equity awards of 2,779,782 shares , 1,953,450 shares and 1,917,060 shares of common stock were excluded from the denominator for the computation of diluted earnings per share for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2014 , June 1, 2013 , and June 2, 2012 , respectively, because they were anti-dilutive. The company has certain share-based payment awards that meet the definition of participating securities. The company has evaluated the impact on EPS of all participating securities under the two-class method, noting the impact on EPS was immaterial.


- 57 -



9. Stock-Based Compensation

The company utilizes equity-based compensation incentives as a component of its employee and non-employee director and officer compensation philosophy. Currently, these incentives consist principally of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance share units. The company also offers a stock purchase plan for its domestic and certain international employees. The company issues shares in connection with its share-based compensation plans from authorized, but unissued, shares.

Valuation and Expense Information
The company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on their grant-date fair market value. This cost is recognized over the requisite service period.

Certain of the company's equity-based compensation awards contain provisions that allow for continued vesting into retirement. Stock-based awards are considered fully vested for expense attribution purposes when the employee's retention of the award is no longer contingent on providing subsequent service.

The company classifies pre-tax stock-based compensation expense primarily within “Operating expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Related expenses charged to “Cost of sales” are not material. Pre-tax compensation expense and the related income tax benefit for all types of stock-based programs was as follows for the periods indicated:
(In millions)
 
May 31, 2014

 
June 1, 2013

 
June 2, 2012

Employee stock purchase program
 
$
0.3

 
$
0.3

 
$
0.3

Stock option plans
 
2.3

 
3.6

 
2.8

Restricted stock grants
 
0.2

 
0.3

 
0.5

Restricted stock units
 
5.2

 
3.2

 
2.4

Performance share units
 
3.0

 
0.7

 

Total
 
$
11.0

 
$
8.1

 
$
6.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tax benefit
 
$
4.0

 
$
2.9

 
$
2.1

As of May 31, 2014 , total pre-tax stock-based compensation cost not yet recognized related to non-vested awards was approximately $9.1 million . The weighted-average period over which this amount is expected to be recognized is 1.49 years.

The company estimated the fair value of employee stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model. In determining these values, the following weighted-average assumptions were used for the options granted during the fiscal years indicated.
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Risk-free interest rates (1)
 
1.62
%
 
0.77
%
 
1.75
%
Expected term of options (2)
 
5.5 years

 
5.5 years

 
5.5 years

Expected volatility (3)
 
46
%
 
47
%
 
42
%
Dividend yield (4)
 
1.74
%
 
1.98
%
 
0.34
%
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant
 
$
10.68

 
$
6.52

 
$
10.15


(1) Represents the U.S. Treasury yield over the same period as the expected option term.
(2) Represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. Based on analysis of historical option exercise activity, the company has determined that all employee groups exhibit similar exercise and post-vesting termination behavior.
(3) Amount is determined based on analysis of historical price volatility of the company's common stock over a period equal to the expected term of the options.
(4) Represents the company's estimated cash dividend yield over the expected term of options.


- 58 -



Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, has been reduced for estimated forfeitures, as it is based on awards ultimately expected to vest. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience.

Employee Stock Purchase Program
Under the terms of the company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan, 4 million shares of authorized common stock were reserved for purchase by plan participants at 85 percent of the market price.

Stock Option Plans
The company has stock option plans under which options to purchase the company's stock are granted to employees and non-employee directors and officers at a price not less than the market price of the company's common stock on the date of grant. Under the current award program, all options become exercisable between one and three years from date of grant and expire two to ten years from date of grant. Most options are subject to graded vesting with the related compensation expense recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. At May 31, 2014 , there were 2.3 million shares available for option awards.

The following is a summary of the transactions under the company's stock option plans:
 
 
Shares Under Option
 
Weighted-Average Exercise Prices
 
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(In millions)
Outstanding at May 28, 2011
 
2,578,590

 
$
24.62

 
5.5
 
$
6.6

     Granted at market
 
365,141

 
$
25.75

 
 
 
 
     Exercised
 
(215,524
)
 
$
19.74

 
 
 
 
     Forfeited or expired
 
(398,958
)
 
$
25.76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at June 2, 2012
 
2,329,249

 
$
25.06

 
5.7
 
$
0.9

     Granted at market
 
499,870

 
$
18.17

 
 
 
 
     Exercised
 
(297,255
)
 
$
17.49

 
 
 
 
     Forfeited or expired
 
(120,490
)
 
$
24.56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at June 1, 2013
 
2,411,374

 
$
24.59

 
5.7
 
$
11.2

     Granted at market
 
46,829

 
$
28.74

 
 
 
 
     Exercised
 
(821,050
)
 
$
22.97

 
 
 
 
     Forfeited or expired
 
(40,169
)
 
$
27.47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at May 31, 2014
 
1,596,984

 
$
25.47

 
4.7
 
$
9.9

Ending vested + expected to vest
 
1,588,824

 
$
25.49

 
4.6
 
$
9.8

Exercisable at end of period
 
1,122,446

 
$
27.35

 
3.3
 
$
5.1


The total pre-tax intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2014 , 2013 and 2012 was $6.2 million , $2.0 million , and $1.1 million , respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the company's closing stock price as of the end of the period presented, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised in-the-money options as of that date.


- 59 -



The following is a summary of stock options outstanding at May 31, 2014 :
 
 
Outstanding Stock Options
 
Exercisable Stock Options
Range of Exercise Price
 
Shares
 
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
 
Weighted-Average Exercise Prices
 
Shares
 
Weighted-Average Exercise Prices
$12.33-18.17
 
553,690

 
7.1
 
$
17.18

 
238,880

 
$
15.87

$25.06-30.54
 
627,041

 
4.3
 
$
27.90

 
467,313

 
$
28.33

$31.84-38.13
 
416,253

 
2.0
 
$
32.85

 
416,253

 
$
32.85

 
 
1,596,984

 
4.7
 
$
25.47

 
1,122,446

 
$
27.35


Restricted Stock Grants
The company periodically grants restricted common stock to certain key employees. Shares are granted in the name of the employee, who has all the rights of a shareholder, subject to certain restrictions on transferability and risk of forfeiture. The grants are subject to either cliff-based or graded vesting over a period not exceeding five years , and are subject to forfeiture if the employee ceases to be employed by the company for certain reasons. After the vesting period, the risk of forfeiture and restrictions on transferability lapse. The company recognizes the related compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. A summary of shares subject to restrictions are as follows:
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Outstanding, at beginning of year
 
67,474

 
$
20.45

 
83,331

 
$
19.49

 
70,595

 
$
18.44

Granted
 

 
$

 

 
$

 
24,323

 
$
21.46

Vested
 
(3,440
)
 
$
15.82

 
(14,357
)
 
$
15.06

 
(7,787
)
 
$
17.56

Forfeited or expired
 
(2,000
)
 
$
21.98

 
(1,500
)
 
$
18.71

 
(3,800
)
 
$
16.44

Outstanding, at end of year
 
62,034

 
$
20.66

 
67,474

 
$
20.45

 
83,331

 
$
19.49


The weighted-average remaining recognition period of the outstanding restricted stock grants at May 31, 2014 , was 1.65 years. The fair value of the shares that vested during the twelve months ended May 31, 2014 , was $0.1 million .


- 60 -



Restricted Stock Units
The company grants restricted stock units to certain key employees. This program provides that the actual number of restricted stock units awarded is based on the value of a portion of the participant's long-term incentive compensation divided by the fair value of the company's stock on the date of grant. In some years the awards have been partially tied to the company's financial performance for the year in which the grant was based. The awards generally cliff-vest after a three -year service period, with prorated vesting under certain circumstances and full or partial accelerated vesting upon retirement. Each restricted stock unit represents one equivalent share of the company's common stock to be awarded, free of restrictions, after the vesting period. Compensation expense related to these awards is recognized over the requisite service period, which includes any applicable performance period. Dividend equivalent awards are credited quarterly. The units do not entitle participants to the rights of stockholders of common stock, such as voting rights, until shares are issued after vesting.
The following is a summary of restricted stock unit transactions for the fiscal years indicated:
 
Share
Units
 
Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value in Millions
 
Weighted-Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (Years)
Outstanding at May 28, 2011
285,101

 
$
21.72

 
$
6.9

 
1.5
Granted
125,589

 
$
25.72

 
 
 
 
Forfeited
(10,483
)
 
$
25.13

 
 
 
 
Released
(78,484
)
 
$
26.56

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at June 2, 2012
321,723

 
$
21.06

 
$
5.7

 
1.4
Ending vested + expected to vest
308,645

 
 
 
$
5.4

 
1.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at June 2, 2012
321,723

 
$
21.06

 
$
5.7

 
1.4
Granted
341,534

 
$
20.49

 
 
 
 
Forfeited
(66,368
)
 
$
19.00

 
 
 
 
Released
(17,569
)
 
$
16.14

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at June 1, 2013
579,320

 
$
21.35

 
$
16.0

 
1.7
Ending vested + expected to vest
547,093

 
 
 
$
15.0

 
1.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at June 1, 2013
579,320

 
$
21.35

 
$
16.0

 
1.7
Granted
142,004

 
$
28.55

 
 
 
 
Forfeited
(10,124
)
 
$
22.94

 
 
 
 
Released
(145,094
)
 
$
20.30

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at May 31, 2014
566,106

 
$
23.31

 
$
17.2

 
1.5
Ending vested + expected to vest
550,322

 
 
 
$
16.0

 
1.5

The weighted-average remaining recognition period of the outstanding restricted stock units at May 31, 2014 , was 1.35 years. The fair value of the share units that vested during the twelve months ended May 31, 2014 , was $4.1 million .


- 61 -



Performance Share Units
The company grants performance share units to certain key employees. The number of units initially awarded was based on the value of a portion of the participant's long-term incentive compensation, divided by the fair value of the company's common stock on the date of grant. Each unit represents one equivalent share of the company's common stock. The number of common shares ultimately issued in connection with these performance share units is determined based on the company's financial performance over the related three -year service period. Compensation expense is determined based on the grant-date fair value and the number of common shares projected to be issued, and is recognized over the requisite service period.
The following is a summary of performance share unit transactions for the fiscal years indicated:
 
Share
Units
 
Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
 
Aggregate Intrinsic
Value in Millions
 
Weighted-Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (Years)
Outstanding at May 28, 2011
90,380

 
$
25.52

 
$

 
0.2
Granted

 
$

 
 

 
 
Forfeited
(90,380
)
 
$
25.52

 
 

 
 
Outstanding at June 2, 2012

 
$

 
$

 
0.0
Ending vested + expected to vest

 
 
 
$

 
0.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at June 2, 2012

 
$

 
$

 
0.0
Granted
72,500

 
$
17.10

 
 
 
 
Forfeited

 
$

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at June 1, 2013
72,500

 
$
17.10

 
$
2.0

 
2.1
Ending vested + expected to vest
68,823

 
 
 
$
1.9

 
2.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at June 1, 2013
72,500

 
$
17.10

 
$
2.0

 
2.1
Granted
139,722

 
$
31.66

 
 
 
 
Forfeited
(2,026
)
 
$
31.74

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at May 31, 2014
210,196

 
$
26.64

 
$
6.6

 
1.8
Ending vested + expected to vest
203,752

 
 
 
$
6.4

 
1.8

The weighted-average remaining recognition period of the outstanding performance share units at May 31, 2014 , was 1.46 years. The fair value for shares that vested during the twelve months ended May 31, 2014 , was zero .

Deferred Compensation Plans
In 2008, the company discontinued use of the existing Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for new contributions and established the Herman Miller, Inc. Executive Equalization Retirement Plan.

The Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan allowed selected employees to defer part or all of their executive incentive cash bonus payment each year. The company could make a matching contribution of 30 percent of the executive's contribution up to 50 percent of the deferred cash incentive bonus. The company's matching contribution vested at the rate of 33 1/3 percent annually. In accordance with the terms of the plan, the executive deferral and company matching contribution were placed in a “Rabbi” trust, which invested solely in the company's common stock. Rabbi trust arrangements offer the executive a degree of assurance for ultimate payment of benefits without causing constructive receipt for income tax purposes. Distributions to the executive from the Rabbi trust can only be made in the form of the company's common stock. The assets in the Rabbi trust remain subject to the claims of creditors of the company and are not the property of the executive and are, therefore, included as a separate component of stockholders' equity under the caption "Key Executive Deferred Compensation" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Shares associated with the Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan are included in the denominator for both basic and diluted EPS.

The Herman Miller, Inc. Executive Equalization Retirement Plan is a supplemental deferred compensation plan and was made available for salary deferrals and company contributions beginning in January 2008. The plan is available to a select group of management or highly compensated employees who are selected for participation by the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The plan allows participants to defer up to 50 percent of their base salary and up to 100 percent of their incentive cash bonus. Company contributions to the plan “mirror” the amounts the company would have contributed to the various qualified retirement plans had the employee's compensation not been above the IRS statutory ceiling ( $260,000 in 2014 ). The company does not guarantee a rate of return for these funds. Instead, participants make investment elections for their deferrals and company contributions. Investment options are the same as those available under the Herman Miller Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan, except for company stock, which is not an investment option under this plan.


- 62 -



In accordance with the terms of the Executive Equalization Plan, the salary and bonus deferrals and company contributions have been placed in a Rabbi trust. The assets in the Rabbi trust remain subject to the claims of creditors of the company and are not the property of the participant and are, therefore, included as an asset on the company's Consolidated Balance Sheets within the "Other assets" line item. A liability of the same amount is recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets within the "Other liabilities" line item. Investment assets are classified as trading, and accordingly, realized and unrealized gains and losses are recognized within the company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income in the interest and other investment income line item. The associated changes to the liability are recorded as compensation expense within the "Selling, general and administrative" line item within the company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The net effect of any change to the asset and corresponding liability is offset and has no impact on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Director Fees
Company directors may elect to receive their director fees in one or more of the following forms: cash, deferred compensation in the form of shares or other selected investment funds, unrestricted company stock at the market value at the date of election, or stock options that vest in one year and expire in ten years. The exercise price of the stock options granted may not be less than the market price of the company's common stock on the date of grant. Under the plan, the Board members received the following shares or options in the fiscal years indicated:
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Options
 

 

 

Shares of common stock
 
12,358

 
15,746

 
18,119

Shares through the deferred compensation program
 
2,317

 
2,779

 
3,301


10. Income Taxes

The components of earnings (loss) before income taxes are as follows:
(In millions)
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Domestic
$
(45.1
)
 
$
89.9

 
$
107.6

Foreign
1.7

 
7.3

 
11.9

Total
$
(43.4
)
 
$
97.2

 
$
119.5


The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:
(In millions)
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Current: Domestic - Federal
$
22.2

 
$
36.4

 
$
21.8

Domestic - State
4.6

 
5.2

 
2.0

Foreign
4.8

 
3.9

 
6.0

 
31.6

 
45.5

 
29.8

Deferred: Domestic - Federal
(43.6
)
 
(14.9
)
 
11.2

Domestic - State
(5.6
)
 
(1.4
)
 
1.4

Foreign
(3.6
)
 
(0.3
)
 
1.9

 
(52.8
)
 
(16.6
)
 
14.5

Total income tax provision
$
(21.2
)
 
$
28.9

 
$
44.3



- 63 -



The following table represents a reconciliation of income taxes at the United States statutory rate with the effective tax rate as follows:
(In millions)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Income taxes computed at the United States Statutory rate of 35%
 
$
(15.2
)
 
$
34.0

 
$
41.8

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
 

 

 

Change in unrecognized tax benefits
 
0.4

 
0.1

 
(0.3
)
Foreign statutory rate differences
 
(0.9
)
 
(1.9
)
 
(1.2
)
Meals and entertainment
 
1.0

 
0.8

 
0.8

Manufacturing deduction under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004
 
(3.9
)
 
(4.0
)
 
(2.9
)
State taxes
 
(0.9
)
 
2.5

 
3.0

Repatriated earnings and related foreign tax credits
 
(0.3
)
 
(0.6
)
 
(0.2
)
Other, net
 
(1.4
)
 
(2.0
)
 
3.3

Income tax expense (benefit)
 
$
(21.2
)
 
$
28.9

 
$
44.3

Effective tax rate
 
48.9
%
 
29.8
%
 
37.1
%

The tax effects and types of temporary differences that give rise to significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 , are as follows:
(In millions)
 
2014
 
2013
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
 
Compensation-related accruals
 
$
19.5

 
$
17.7

Accrued pension and post-retirement benefit obligations
 
9.7

 
19.4

Inventory related
 
3.7

 
2.7

Reserves for uncollectible accounts and notes receivable
 
1.5

 
1.8

Other reserves and accruals
 
4.6

 
3.9

Warranty
 
8.5

 
8.2

State and local tax net operating loss carryforwards
 
3.2

 
3.0

Federal net operating loss carryforward
 
0.1

 
0.2

State credits
 
0.2

 
0.6

Foreign tax net operating loss carryforwards
 
9.9

 
9.2

Foreign tax credits
 
0.1

 
0.1

Foreign capital loss carryforward
 
0.1

 
0.1

Financing costs
 
1.2

 
2.1

Other
 
3.4

 
3.6

Subtotal
 
65.7

 
72.6

Valuation allowance
 
(8.5
)
 
(9.9
)
Total
 
$
57.2

 
$
62.7

 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Book basis in property in excess of tax basis
 
$
(14.7
)
 
$
(16.5
)
Intangible assets
 
(18.1
)
 
(20.5
)
Other
 
(2.4
)
 
(2.9
)
Total
 
$
(35.2
)
 
$
(39.9
)
The future tax benefits of net operating loss (NOL) carry-forwards and foreign tax credits are recognized to the extent that realization of these benefits is considered more likely than not. The company bases this determination on the expectation that related operations will be sufficiently profitable or various tax planning strategies will enable the company to utilize the NOL carry-forwards and/or foreign tax credits. To the extent that available evidence about the future raises doubt about the realization of these tax benefits, a valuation allowance is established.

At May 31, 2014 , the company had state and local tax NOL carry-forwards of $49.0 million , the tax benefit of which is $3.2 million , which have various expiration periods from one to twenty-one years. The company also had state credits with a tax benefit of $0.2 million which expire in one to two years. For financial statement purposes, the NOL carry-forwards and state tax credits have been recognized as deferred tax assets, subject to a valuation allowance of $1.7 million .

- 64 -




At May 31, 2014 , the company had a federal NOL carry-forward of $0.3 million , the tax benefit of which is $0.1 million , which expires in fourteen years. For financial statement purposes, the NOL carry-forward has been recognized as a deferred tax asset.

At May 31, 2014 , the company had a foreign capital loss carry-forward of $ 0.3 million , the tax benefit of which is $ 0.1 million , which has an expiration period of an unlimited term. For financial statement purposes, the capital loss carry-forward has been recognized as a deferred tax asset, subject to a valuation allowance of $ 0.1 million .

At May 31, 2014 , the company had foreign net operating loss carry-forwards of $41.1 million , the tax benefit of which is $9.9 million , which have expiration periods from five years to an unlimited term. The company also had foreign tax credits with a tax benefit of $0.1 million which expire in two to six years. For financial statement purposes, NOL carry-forwards and foreign tax credits have been recognized as deferred tax assets, subject to a valuation allowance of $5.4 million .

At May 31, 2014 , the company had foreign deferred assets of $6.5 million , the tax benefit of which is $1.3 million , which is primarily related to financing costs. For financial statement purposes, the assets have been recognized as deferred tax assets, subject to a valuation allowance of $1.3 million .

The company has not provided for United States income taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries totaling approximately $67.5 million . Recording deferred income taxes on these undistributed earnings is not required, because these earnings have been deemed to be permanently reinvested. These amounts would be subject to possible U.S. taxation only if remitted as dividends. The determination of the hypothetical amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign entities is not practicable.

The components of the company's unrecognized tax benefits are as follows:
(In millions)
 
 
Balance at June 2, 2012
 
$
1.3

Increases related to current year income tax positions
 
0.4

Increases related to prior year income tax positions
 

Decreases related to prior year income tax positions
 
(0.1
)
Decreases related to lapse of applicable statute of limitations
 
(0.2
)
Decreases related to settlements
 

Balance at June 1, 2013
 
1.4

Increases related to current year income tax positions
 
0.5

Increases related to prior year income tax positions
 

Decreases related to prior year income tax positions
 

Decreases related to lapse of applicable statute of limitations
 
(0.1
)
Decreases related to settlements
 

Balance at May 31, 2014
 
$
1.8


The company's effective tax rate would have been affected by the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits had this amount been recognized as a reduction to income tax expense.

The company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits through "Income tax expense (benefit)" in its Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Interest and penalties and the related liability were as follows for the periods indicated:
(In millions)
May 31, 2014
 
June 1, 2013
 
June 2, 2012
Interest and penalty expense
$
0.2

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
Liability for interest and penalties
$
0.6

 
$
0.4

 
 

The company is subject to periodic audits by domestic and foreign tax authorities. Currently, the company is undergoing routine periodic audits in both domestic and foreign tax jurisdictions. It is reasonably possible that the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits could change in the next 12 months as a result of new positions that may be taken on income tax returns, settlement of tax positions and the closing of statutes of limitation. It is not expected that any of the changes will be material to the company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.


- 65 -



During the year, the company has closed the audit of fiscal year 2013 with the Internal Revenue Service under the Compliance Assurance Process (CAP). For the majority of the remaining tax jurisdictions, the company is no longer subject to state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for fiscal years before 2011.

11. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The company's financial instruments consist of cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts and notes receivable, deferred compensation plan, accounts payable, debt, and foreign currency exchange contracts. The company's estimates of fair value for financial instruments, other than marketable securities, approximate their carrying amounts as of May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 . The carrying value and fair value of the company's long-term debt, including current maturities, is as follows for the periods indicated:
(In millions)
 
May 31, 2014
 
June 1, 2013
Carrying value
 
$
250.0

 
$
250.0

Fair value
 
$
279.2

 
$
283.5


The following describes the methods the company uses to estimate the fair value of financial assets and liabilities, of which there have been no significant changes in the current period:

Available-for-sale securities — The company's available-for-sale marketable securities primarily include government obligations and mortgage-backed securities and are valued using quoted prices for similar securities.

Foreign currency exchange contracts — The company's foreign currency exchange contracts are valued using an approach based on foreign currency exchange rates obtained from active markets. The estimated fair value of forward currency exchange contracts is based on month-end spot rates as adjusted by current market-based activity.

Deferred compensation plan assets — The company's deferred compensation plan assets primarily include domestic equity large cap and lifestyle mutual funds and are valued using quoted prices for similar securities.

The following tables set forth financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the respective pricing levels to which the fair value measurements are classified within the fair value hierarchy as of May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 :
(In millions)
Fair Value Measurements
 
May 31, 2014
 
June 1, 2013


Financial Assets
Quoted Prices With Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Quoted Prices With Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Available-for-sale marketable securities:
 
 
 
Asset-backed securities
$
0.4

 
$
0.8

Corporate debt securities
1.2

 
1.7

Government obligations
7.9

 
5.1

Mortgage-backed securities
1.6

 
3.2

Foreign currency forward contracts
0.2

 
0.3

Deferred compensation plan
6.3

 
4.8

Total
$
17.6

 
$
15.9

 
 
 
 
Financial Liabilities
 
 
 
Foreign currency forward contracts
$
0.1

 
$
0.3

Total
$
0.1

 
$
0.3



- 66 -



The following is a summary of the carrying and market values of the company's marketable securities as of the dates indicated:
 
 
May 31, 2014
(In millions)
 
Cost
 
Unrealized Gain
 
Unrealized Loss
 
Market Value
Asset-backed securities
 
$
0.4

 
$

 
$

 
$
0.4

Corporate debt securities
 
1.2

 

 

 
1.2

Government obligations
 
7.9

 

 

 
7.9

Mortgage-backed securities
 
1.6

 

 

 
1.6

Total
 
$
11.1

 
$

 
$

 
$
11.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 1, 2013
(In millions)
 
Cost
 
Unrealized Gain
 
Unrealized Loss
 
Market Value

Asset-backed securities
 
$
0.8

 
$

 
$

 
$
0.8

Corporate debt securities
 
1.7

 

 

 
1.7

Government obligations
 
5.1

 

 

 
5.1

Mortgage-backed securities
 
3.2

 

 

 
3.2

Total
 
$
10.8

 
$

 
$

 
$
10.8


The company does not hold any Level 3 financial instruments.

Maturities of debt securities included in marketable securities as of May 31, 2014 , are as follows:
(In millions)
 
Cost
 
Market
Value
Due within one year
 
$
2.9

 
$
2.9

Due after one year through five years
 
8.1

 
8.1

Due after five years
 
0.1

 
0.1

Total
 
$
11.1

 
$
11.1



- 67 -



12. Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
 
The following table presents the adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
(In millions)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation expense
 
$
37.8

 
$
34.4

 
$
34.4

Amortization expense
 
4.6

 
3.1

 
2.8

Provision for losses on accounts receivable and notes receivable
 
1.0

 
0.6

 
1.6

(Gain) Loss on sales of property and dealers
 
(1.7
)
 
0.8

 
0.9

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
 
(52.8
)
 
(16.6
)
 
14.5

Pension expense
 
115.4

 
31.9

 
8.8

Restructuring and impairment expenses
 
26.2

 
1.2

 
5.4

Stock-based compensation
 
11.0

 
8.1

 
6.0

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
 
(1.1
)
 
(0.3
)
 
0.1

Other changes in long-term liabilities
 
(8.5
)
 
(9.2
)
 
(66.5
)
Other
 
1.5

 
(2.9
)
 
(1.9
)
Changes in current assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Decrease (increase) in assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
 
(26.7
)
 
(7.7
)
 
17.5

Inventories
 
(2.2
)
 
(4.6
)
 
0.2

Prepaid expenses and other
 
(3.2
)
 
9.3

 
2.7

Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
 
2.6

 
6.0

 
4.8

Accrued liabilities
 
8.3

 
14.2

 
(16.4
)
Total changes in current assets and liabilities
 
(21.2
)
 
17.2

 
8.8

Total adjustments
 
$
112.2

 
$
68.3

 
$
14.9


13. Warranties, Guarantees, and Contingencies
 
Product Warranties
The company provides warranty coverage to the end-user for parts and labor on products sold. The standard length of warranty is 12 years , however, this varies depending on the product classification. The company does not sell or otherwise issue warranties or warranty extensions as stand-alone products. Reserves have been established for various costs associated with the company's warranty program. General warranty reserves are based on historical claims experience and other currently available information and are periodically adjusted for business levels and other factors. Specific reserves are established once an issue is identified with the amounts for such reserves based on the estimated cost of correction.

Changes in the warranty reserve for the stated periods were as follows:
(In millions)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Accrual balance, beginning
 
$
24.8

 
$
22.2

 
$
17.0

Accrual for warranty matters
 
20.2

 
23.3

 
24.9

Change in estimate
 

 

 
5.0

Settlements
 
(19.8
)
 
(20.7
)
 
(24.7
)
Accrual balance, ending
 
$
25.2

 
$
24.8

 
$
22.2


Other Guarantees
The company is periodically required to provide performance bonds in order to conduct business with certain customers. These arrangements are common and generally have terms ranging between one and three years. The bonds are required to provide assurances to customers that the products and services they have purchased will be installed and/or provided properly and without damage to their facilities. The performance bonds are provided by various bonding agencies and the company is ultimately liable for claims that may occur against them. As of May 31, 2014 , the company had a maximum financial exposure related to performance bonds of approximately $7.5 million . The company has no history

- 68 -



of claims, nor is it aware of circumstances that would require it to perform under any of these arrangements and believes that the resolution of any claims that might arise in the future, either individually or in the aggregate, would not materially affect the company's financial statements. Accordingly, no liability h as been recorded as of May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 .

The company periodically enters into agreements in the normal course of business that may include indemnification clauses regarding patent/trademark infringement and service losses. Service losses represent all direct or consequential loss, liability, damages, costs and expenses incurred by the customer or others resulting from services rendered by the company, the dealer, or certain sub-contractors due to a proven negligent act. The company has no history of claims, nor is it aware of circumstances that would require it to perform under these arrangements and believes that the resolution of any claims that might arise in the future, either individually or in the aggregate, would not materially affect the company's financial statements. Accordingly, no liability has been recorded as of May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 .

The company has entered into standby letter of credit arrangements for the purpose of protecting various insurance companies against default on the payment of certain premiums and claims. A majority of these arrangements are related to the company's wholly-owned captive insurance company. As of May 31, 2014 , the company had a maximum financial exposure from these insurance-related standby letters of credit of approximately $4.9 million . The company has no history of claims, nor is it aware of circumstances that would require it to perform under any of these arrangements and believes that the resolution of any claims that might arise in the future, either individually or in the aggregate, would not materially affect the company's financial statements . Accordingly, no liability has been recorded as of May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 .

Contingencies
The company leases a facility in the United Kingdom under an agreement that expired in June 2011 and the company is currently leasing the facility on a month to month basis. Under the terms of the lease, the company is required to perform the maintenance and repairs necessary to address the general dilapidation of the facility over the lease term. The ultimate cost of this provision to the company is dependent on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the future use of the facility by the lessor and whether the company chooses and is permitted to renew the lease term. The company has estimated the cost of these maintenance and repairs to be between $0 million and $3.0 million , depending on the outcome of future plans and negotiations. Based on existing circumstances, it is estimated that these costs will most likely approximate $1.5 million as of May 31, 2014 , and was estimated to be $1.3 million as of June 1, 2013 . As a result, these amounts have been recorded as a liability reflected under the caption “Accrued liabilities” for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The company is also involved in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcome of such proceedings and litigation currently pending will not materially affect the company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of the end of fiscal 2014 , outstanding commitments for future purchase obligations approximated $54.2 million .

On July 25, 2014, the company's Nemschoff subsidiary received observations from an inspection by the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) at its manufacturing facility. The company will provide a written response to the FDA within 15 days of receipt of the observations.  Following the written response the company will have discussions with the FDA District Office regarding the observations to further determine the scope and remedy for the observations.  At this time no estimate of potential impact on the consolidated financial statements related to these observations can be made.   

14. Operating Segments

The company's reportable segments consist of North American Furniture Solutions, ELA ("EMEA, Latin America, and Asia Pacific") Furniture Solutions, and Specialty and Consumer. The North American Furniture Solutions reportable segment includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture, and sale of furniture products for work-related settings, including office, education, and healthcare environments, throughout the United States and Canada. The business associated with the company's owned contract furniture dealers is also included in the North American Furniture Solutions reportable segment.

During fiscal 2014, the company renamed its international reportable business segment ELA Furniture Solutions in order to better describe the geographic regions it serves, which include EMEA, Latin America, and Asia-Pacific. Prior to this name change, the company referred to this segment as "Non-North America." ELA Furniture Solutions includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture, and sale of furniture products, primarily for work-related settings, in these aforementioned geographic regions.

The Specialty and Consumer reportable segment includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture, and sale of high-end furniture products including Geiger wood products, Maharam textiles, Herman Miller Collection products and the company's North American consumer business.

The company also reports a “Corporate” category consisting primarily of unallocated corporate expenses including restructuring and impairment costs.

- 69 -




The performance of the operating segments is evaluated by the company's management using various financial measures. The following is a summary of certain key financial measures for the respective fiscal years indicated:
(In millions)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Sales:
 
 
 
 
 
 
North American Furniture Solutions
 
$
1,216.3

 
$
1,221.9

 
$
1,218.5

ELA Furniture Solutions
 
392.2

 
377.3

 
347.3

Specialty and Consumer
 
273.5

 
175.7

 
158.3

Corporate
 

 

 

Total
 
$
1,882.0

 
$
1,774.9

 
$
1,724.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and Amortization:
 
 
 
 
 
 
North American Furniture Solutions
 
$
26.8

 
$
28.0

 
$
31.7

ELA Furniture Solutions
 
7.6

 
6.6

 
3.7

Specialty and Consumer
 
8.0

 
2.9

 
1.8

Corporate
 

 

 

Total
 
$
42.4

 
$
37.5

 
$
37.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Earnings (Losses):
 
 
 
 
 
 
North American Furniture Solutions
 
$
(27.0
)
 
$
76.6

 
$
96.9

ELA Furniture Solutions
 
23.1

 
24.7

 
32.1

Specialty and Consumer
 
4.6

 
15.4

 
15.1

Corporate
 
(26.4
)
 
(1.8
)
 
(6.5
)
Total
 
$
(25.7
)
 
$
114.9

 
$
137.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Expenditures:
 
 
 
 
 
 
North American Furniture Solutions
 
$
28.9

 
$
33.6

 
$
20.3

ELA Furniture Solutions
 
6.4

 
15.9

 
3.3

Specialty and Consumer
 
5.5

 
0.7

 
4.9

Corporate
 

 

 

Total
 
$
40.8

 
$
50.2

 
$
28.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
North American Furniture Solutions
 
$
457.0

 
$
427.8

 
$
389.2

ELA Furniture Solutions
 
244.8

 
250.9

 
231.5

Specialty and Consumer
 
176.5

 
174.3

 
36.5

Corporate
 
112.6

 
93.5

 
181.9

Total
 
$
990.9

 
$
946.5

 
$
839.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill:
 
 
 
 
 
 
North American Furniture Solutions
 
$
135.8

 
$
136.1

 
$
104.9

ELA Furniture Solutions
 
42.6

 
41.1

 
40.5

Specialty and Consumer
 
49.8

 
49.8

 
1.0

Corporate
 

 

 

Total
 
$
228.2

 
$
227.0

 
$
146.4


The accounting policies of the reportable operating segments are the same as those of the company. Additionally, the company employs a methodology for allocating corporate costs and assets with the underlying objective of this methodology being to allocate corporate costs according to the relative usage of the underlying resources and to allocate corporate assets according to the relative expected benefit. The majority of the allocations for corporate expenses are based on relative net sales. However, certain corporate costs, generally considered the result of isolated business decisions, are not subject to allocation and are evaluated separately from the rest of the regular ongoing business operations. For example, restructuring and impairment expenses that are reflected in operating earnings are allocated to the “Corporate” category. In addition, cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities are allocated to the “Corporate” category as the company views these as corporate assets.


- 70 -



The restructuring and asset impairment charges of $26.5 million , $1.2 million , and $5.4 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively are discussed in Note 16 of the Consolidated Financial Statements and were allocated to the “Corporate” category.

The company's product offerings consist primarily of office furniture systems, seating, freestanding furniture, storage and casegoods. These product offerings are marketed, distributed, and managed primarily as a group of similar products on an overall portfolio basis. The following is a summary of net sales by product category for the respective fiscal years indicated. Given that formal product line information is not available for the company as a whole, this summary is intended to represent a reasonable estimate of net sales by product category based on the best information available.
(In millions)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Net Sales:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Systems
 
$
571.6

 
$
572.9

 
$
549.5

Seating
 
658.2

 
609.8

 
619.8

Freestanding and storage
 
386.4

 
395.0

 
334.3

Other (1)
 
265.8

 
197.2

 
220.5

Total
 
$
1,882.0

 
$
1,774.9

 
$
1,724.1


(1) “Other” primarily consists of textiles or uncategorized product sales and service sales.
 
Sales by geographic area are based on the location of the customer. Long-lived assets consist of long-term assets of the company, excluding financial instruments, deferred tax assets, and long-term intangibles. The following is a summary of geographic information for the respective fiscal years indicated. Individual foreign country information is not provided as none of the individual foreign countries in which the company operates are considered material for separate disclosure based on quantitative and qualitative considerations.
(In millions)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Net Sales:
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
 
$
1,406.3

 
$
1,291.5

 
$
1,271.9

   International
 
475.7

 
483.4

 
452.2

Total
 
$
1,882.0

 
$
1,774.9

 
$
1,724.1


(In millions)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Long-lived assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
 
$
177.0

 
$
169.2

 
$
146.4

   International
 
35.4

 
29.8

 
18.1

Total
 
$
212.4

 
$
199.0

 
$
164.5


It is estimated that no single dealer accounted for more than 5 percent of t he company's net sales in the fiscal year ended May 31, 2014 . It is also estim ated that the largest single end-user customer, the U.S. federal government, accounted for approximately $102 million or 5 percent of the company's fiscal 2014 net sales. These sales are recorded within the North American Furniture Solutions reportable segment.

Approximately 8.0 percent of the company's employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, most of whom are employees of its Nemschoff and Herman Miller Ningbo subsidiaries.


- 71 -



15. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table provides an analysis of the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 :
 
 
Year Ended
(In millions)
 
May 31, 2014
 
June 1, 2013
 
June 2, 2012
Cumulative translation adjustments at beginning of period
 
(14.0
)
 
(13.0
)
 
(5.9
)
Translation adjustments
 
2.9

 
(1.0
)
 
(7.1
)
Balance at end of period
 
(11.1
)
 
(14.0
)
 
(13.0
)
Pension and other post-retirement benefit plans at beginning of period
 
(110.3
)
 
(127.6
)
 
(98.3
)
Adjustments to pension and other post-retirement benefit plans
 
(3.1
)
 
0.5

 

Reclassification to earnings - cost of sales (net of tax $(15.8), $(1.0), $3.5)
 
27.6

 
1.8

 
(8.5
)
Reclassification to earnings - operating expenses (net of tax $(35.1), $(7.8), $8.7)
 
59.0

 
15.0

 
(20.8
)
Balance at end of period
 
(26.8
)
 
(110.3
)
 
(127.6
)
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(37.9
)
 
(124.3
)
 
(140.6
)

16. Restructuring and Impairment Activities

2014 Restructuring and Impairment Charges
The company recognized asset impairment expenses totaling $21.4 million associated with the Nemschoff and POSH trade name intangibles for the fiscal year 2014. The company also recognized restructuring expenses of $1.1 million during the third quarter of fiscal 2014. This restructuring charge was related to actions taken to improve the efficiency of the North American sales and distribution channel and Geiger manufacturing operations. These actions focused primarily on targeted workforce reductions.

Due to the acquisition of a manufacturing and distribution operation in Dongguan, China in the second quarter of 2014, the company has decided not to pursue the construction of a new manufacturing and distribution facility on property that it previously acquired in Ningbo, China. In connection with this decision, the company evaluated the fair value of this property and recorded an asset impairment of $4.0 million during the second quarter. This impairment charge was recorded to the "Restructuring and impairment expenses" line item within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The impairment charge is included within the "Corporate" category within the segment reporting.

2012 Plan
In May 2012, the company announced a plan ("The 2012 Plan") to consolidate the Nemschoff manufacturing operations in Sheboygan, Wisconsin with the closure of the Sioux City, Iowa seating plant. The 2012 plan also included the consolidation of the Sheboygan manufacturing sites into one location. This plan reduced fixed costs and operating expenses in order to improve operating performance, profitability and further enhance productivity. This Plan reduced our workforce in North America, by approximately 70 employees. No additional restructuring expenses are anticipated in future periods for the 2012 Plan.

- 72 -



2012 Action Plan
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In millions)
 
Total Plan
Costs
 
Severance and Outplacement Costs
 
Building Impairment Costs
Balance as of May 28, 2011
 
$

 
$

 
$

Restructuring and impairment expenses
 
1.6

 
0.2

 
1.4

Cash payments
 
(0.1
)
 

 
(0.1
)
Adjustments
 
(1.3
)
 

 
(1.3
)
Balance as of June 2, 2012
 
0.2

 
0.2

 

Restructuring and impairment expenses
 
1.2

 
0.3

 
0.9

Cash payments
 
(1.0
)
 
(0.5
)
 
(0.5
)
Adjustments
 
(0.2
)
 

 
(0.2
)
Balance as of June 1, 2013
 
$
0.2

 
$

 
$
0.2

Cash payments
 
$
(0.2
)
 
$

 
$
(0.2
)
Balance as of May 31, 2014
 
$

 
$

 
$


In addition to the restructuring expenses noted above, the company recorded an impairment of certain assets for fiscal 2012 totaling $3.8 million . These assets were related to products and trade names that we determined had no future revenue stream to the company.

These charges have been reflected separately as "Restructuring and impairment expenses" in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The impairment and restructuring charges described above are recorded in the "Restructuring and impairment expenses" line in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and are included in the "Corporate" category within the segment reporting within Note 14 .

17. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Set forth below is a summary of the quarterly operating results on a consolidated basis for the years ended May 31, 2014 , June 1, 2013 , and June 2, 2012 .
(In millions, except per share data)
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
2014
Net sales
$
468.1

 
$
470.5

 
$
455.9

 
$
487.5

 
Gross margin (1)
170.0

 
118.9

 
162.9

 
179.1

 
Net earnings (loss)
22.5

 
(80.6
)
 
19.4

 
16.6

 
Earnings (loss) per share-basic (1)
0.38

 
(1.37
)
 
0.33

 
0.28

 
Earnings (loss) per share-diluted (1)
0.38

 
(1.37
)
 
0.33

 
0.28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013
Net sales (1)
$
449.7

 
$
441.8

 
$
423.5

 
$
460.0

 
Gross Margin
149.7

 
148.5

 
144.4

 
162.6

 
Net earnings (1)
20.0

 
8.4

 
16.5

 
23.4

 
Earnings per share-basic (1)
0.34

 
0.14

 
0.28

 
0.40

 
Earnings per share-diluted
0.34

 
0.14

 
0.28

 
0.40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012
Net sales (1)
$
458.1

 
$
445.6

 
$
399.8

 
$
420.7

 
Gross margin (1)
154.3

 
152.1

 
134.2

 
150.1

 
Net earnings (1)
24.6

 
23.7

 
14.9

 
11.9

 
Earnings per share-basic (1)
0.42

 
0.41

 
0.26

 
0.21

 
Earnings per share-diluted
0.42

 
0.41

 
0.26

 
0.20

(1) The sum of the quarters does not equal the annual balance reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income due to rounding associated with the calculations on an individual quarter basis.

- 73 -



18. Subsequent Events

Amendment and Restatement of Credit Facility
On July 21, 2014, the company entered into an amendment and restatement of an existing unsecured credit facility (the “Agreement”). The Agreement, which expires on July 21, 2019, provides the company with up to $250 million in revolving variable interest borrowing capacity. In addition, the Agreement includes an “accordion feature” allowing the company to increase, at its option and subject to the approval of the participating banks, the aggregate borrowing capacity of the facility by up to $125 million . Amounts borrowed under the Agreement are subject to variable rates of interest tied to a base rate (either Prime, LIBOR or U.S. Federal Funds) depending on the form of borrowing selected by the company.

Acquisition of Design Within Reach
On July 28, 2014, the company acquired the majority of the outstanding equity of Design Within Reach, Inc. ("DWR”), a Stamford, Connecticut-based, leading North American marketer and seller of modern furniture, lighting and accessories primarily serving consumers and design trade professionals. The Company acquired an ownership interest in DWR equal to approximately 83 percent , for $155 million in cash. An additional payment will be made to DWR public shareholders following their election to tender their shares in exchange for cash. The final cash purchase price will be subject to post-closing adjustments to be determined within 60 days of closing. As a result of the transaction, the Company estimates it will receive future tax benefits with a present value of approximately $10 million . The results of DWR will be included within a newly created "Consumer" reportable segment. This new segment will be comprised of DWR and the company's existing North American consumer business. The company financed the acquisition of DWR using a combination of existing cash and $127 million of borrowings on its available unsecured credit facility. The amount borrowed is subject to an initial rate of interest equal to 3.25% per annum. Immediately following this acquisition, the unused borrowing capacity available to the company under the unsecured credit facility totaled $112.4 million .

- 74 -



Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Herman Miller, Inc.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). The internal control over financial reporting at Herman Miller, Inc., is designed to provide reasonable assurance to our stakeholders that the financial statements of the company fairly represent its financial condition and results of operations.

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of May 31, 2014 , based on the original framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992 Framework) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, our management believes the company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of May 31, 2014 .

Ernst & Young LLP has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, which appears on page 76.


/s/ Brian C. Walker
Brian C. Walker
Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Gregory J. Bylsma
Gregory J. Bylsma
Chief Financial Officer



- 75 -



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Herman Miller, Inc.

We have audited Herman Miller, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of May 31, 2014 , based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria). Herman Miller, Inc.'s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Herman Miller, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of May 31, 2014 , based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the fiscal 2014 consolidated financial statements of Herman Miller, Inc., and our report dated July 29, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Grand Rapids, Michigan    
July 29, 2014


- 76 -



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statements
 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Herman Miller, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Herman Miller, Inc. as of May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 , and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended May 31, 2014 . These financial statements are the responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Herman Miller, Inc. at May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 , and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended May 31, 2014 , in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Herman Miller, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of May 31, 2014 , based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) and our report dated July 29, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.



/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Grand Rapids, Michigan    
July 29, 2014


- 77 -



Item 9 CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

None

Item 9A CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a)
Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  Under the supervision and with the participation of management, the company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of May 31, 2014, and have concluded that as of that date, the company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
(b)
Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.  Refer to Item 8 for “Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” The effectiveness of the company's internal control over financial reporting has been audited by Ernst and Young LLP, an independent registered accounting firm, as stated in its report included in Item 8.
(c)
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.   There were no changes in the company's internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter ended May 31, 2014, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B OTHER INFORMATION

None


- 78 -



PART III

Item 10 DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons
Information relating to directors and director nominees of the registrant is contained under the caption “Director and Executive Officer Information” in the company's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the company's 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within that section is incorporated by reference. Information relating to Executive Officers of the company is included in Part I hereof entitled “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act
Information relating to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is contained under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the company's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the company's 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within that section is incorporated by reference.

Code of Ethics
The company has adopted a Code of Conduct that serves as the code of ethics for the executive officers and senior financial officers and as the code of business conduct for all directors and employees of the registrant. This code is made available free of charge through the “Investors” section of the company's internet website at www.hermanmiller.com . Any amendments to, or waivers from, a provision of this code also will be posted to the company's internet website.

Corporate Governance
Information relating to the identification of the audit committee, audit committee financial expert, and director nomination procedures of the registrant is contained under the captions “Board Committees” and “Corporate Governance and Board Matters — Director Nominations” in the company's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the company's 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within these sections is incorporated by reference.

Item 11 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information relating to management remuneration is contained under the captions “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Summary Compensation Table,” “Grants of Plan-Based Awards,” “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested,” “Pension Benefits,” “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation,” “Potential Payments Upon Termination, Death, Disability, Retirement or Change in Control,” “Director Compensation,” “Director Compensation Table,” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the company's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the company's 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within these sections is incorporated by reference. The information under the caption “Compensation Committee Report” is incorporated by reference, however, such information is not deemed filed with the Commission.

Item 12 SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The sections entitled “Voting Securities and Principal Stockholders,” “Director and Executive Officer Information,” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the company's 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within these sections is incorporated by reference.

Item 13 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions contained under the captions “Related Person Transactions,” and “Corporate Governance and Board Matters — Determination of Independence of Board Members” in the definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the company's 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and the information within these sections is incorporated by reference.

Item 14 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information concerning the payments to our principal accountants and the services provided by our principal accounting firm set forth under the caption “Disclosure of Fees Paid to Independent Auditors” in the Definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the company's 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within that section is incorporated by reference.


- 79 -



PART IV

Item 15 EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

(a)
The following documents are filed as a part of this report:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.
Financial Statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following Consolidated Financial Statements of the company are included in this Form 10-K on the pages noted:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Page Number in
this Form 10-K
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statements
 
 
 
 
2.
Financial Statement Schedule
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following financial statement schedule and related Report of Independent Public Accountants on the Financial Statement Schedule are included in this Form 10-K on the pages noted:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Page Number in
this Form 10-K
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule II-
Valuation and   Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the Years Ended May 31, 2014, June 1, 2013, and June 2, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
All other schedules required by Form 10-K Annual Report have been omitted because they were not applicable, included in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, or otherwise not required under instructions contained in Regulation S-X.
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.
Exhibits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reference is made to the Exhibit Index which is included on pages 84-86.
 
 
 
 
 
 


- 80 -



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

HERMAN MILLER, INC.

 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Jeffrey M. Stutz
 
 
 
 
 
By
Jeffrey M. Stutz
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Signatory for Registrant)
 
 
 
 
 

Date:      July 29, 2014             
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on, July 29, 2014 by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities indicated. Each Director of the Registrant, whose signature appears below, hereby appoints Brian C. Walker as his attorney-in-fact, to sign in his or her name and on his or her behalf, as a Director of the Registrant, and to file with the Commission any and all amendments to this Report on Form 10-K.

 
 /s/ Michael A. Volkema
 
/s/ Lisa Kro
 
 
Michael A. Volkema
(Chairman of the Board)
 
Lisa Kro
(Director)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ David O. Ulrich
 
/s/ Mary Vermeer Andringa
 
 
David O. Ulrich
(Director)
 
Mary Vermeer Andringa
(Director)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Dorothy A. Terrell
 
/s/ James R. Kackley
 
 
Dorothy A. Terrell
(Director)
 
James R. Kackley
(Director)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ David A. Brandon
 
/s/ John R. Hoke III
 
 
David A. Brandon
(Director)
 
John R. Hoke III
(Director)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Douglas D. French
 
/s/ J. Barry Griswell
 
 
Douglas D. French
(Director)
 
J. Barry Griswell
(Director)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Heidi Manheimer
 
/s/ Brian C. Walker
 
 
Heidi Manheimer
(Director)
 
Brian C. Walker
(President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Gregory J. Bylsma
 
/s/ Jeffrey M. Stutz
 
 
Gregory J. Bylsma
(Chief Financial Officer)
 
Jeffrey M. Stutz
(Chief Accounting Officer)
 

- 81 -



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Herman Miller, Inc.

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Herman Miller, Inc. as of May 31, 2014 and June 1, 2013 , and for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended May 31, 2014 , and have issued our report thereon dated July 29, 2014 (included elsewhere in this Form 10-K). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a) of this Form 10-K. This schedule is the responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.

In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.



/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Grand Rapids, Michigan
July 29, 2014


- 82 -



SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(In millions)

Column A
Column B
 
Column C
 
Column D
 
Column E
Description
Balance at beginning of period
 
Charges to expenses or net sales
 
Deductions (3)
 
Balance at end of period
Year ended May 31, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable allowances — uncollectible accounts (1)
$
3.9

 
$
1.0

 
$
(1.5
)
 
$
3.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts Receivable allowances — credit memo (2)
$
0.5

 
$
0.1

 
$

 
$
0.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for possible losses on notes receivable
$
0.2

 
$

 
$
(0.1
)
 
$
0.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset
$
9.9

 
$
(1.8
)
 
$
0.4

 
$
8.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended June 1, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable allowances — uncollectible accounts (1)
$
4.1

 
$
0.4

 
$
(0.6
)
 
$
3.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts Receivable allowances — credit memo (2)
$
0.3

 
$
0.2

 
$

 
$
0.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for possible losses on notes receivable
$
0.2

 
$

 
$

 
$
0.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset
$
10.3

 
$
(0.5
)
 
$
0.1

 
$
9.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended June 2, 2012:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable allowances — uncollectible accounts (1)
$
4.1

 
$
1.6

 
$
(1.6
)
 
$
4.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable allowances — credit memo  (2)
$
0.4

 
$

 
$
(0.1
)
 
$
0.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for possible losses on notes receivable
$
0.3

 
$

 
$
(0.1
)
 
$
0.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset
$
11.6

 
$
(0.7
)
 
$
(0.6
)
 
$
10.3

(1) Activity under the “Charges to expense or net sales” column are recorded within selling, general and administrative expenses.
(2) Activity under the “Charges to expenses or net sales” column are recorded within net sales.
(3) Represents amounts written off, net of recoveries and other adjustments. Includes effects of foreign translation.

- 83 -



EXHIBIT INDEX

 
(3)
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Restated Articles of Incorporation, dated October 4, 2013.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
Amended and Restated Bylaws, dated July 14, 2014.
 
(4)
Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Specimen copy of Herman Miller, Inc., common stock is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4(a) of Registrant's 1981 Form 10-K Annual Report.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
Other instruments which define the rights of holders of long-term debt individually represent debt of less than 10% of total assets. In accordance with item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of regulation S-K, the Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission copies of such agreements upon request.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan for Shareholders of Herman Miller, Inc., dated January 6, 1997, is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4(d) of the Registrant's 1997 Form 10-K Annual Report.
 
(10)
Material Contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Officers' Supplemental Retirement Income Plan is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10(f) of the Registrant's 1986 Form 10-K Annual Report. *
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
Officers' Salary Continuation Plan is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10(g) of the Registrant's 1982 Form 10-K Annual Report.*
 
 
(c)
Herman Miller, Inc. 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference from Appendix I of the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement dated August 30, 2011, filed with the Commission as of August 30, 2011*
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)
Herman Miller, Inc. Amended and Restated Nonemployee Officer and Director Deferred Compensation Stock Purchase Plan, is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended September 3, 2011. *
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)
Form of Change in Control Agreement of the Registrant, is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Form 10-K dated July 26, 2011.
 
 
(f)
Herman Miller, Inc. Amended and Restated Key Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, dated January 23, 2006, is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended September 3, 2011. *
 
 
 
 
 
 
(g)
Herman Miller, Inc. Executive Equalization Retirement Plan is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.1 of the Registrant's Form 8-K dated July 25, 2007.*
 
 
 
 
 
 
(h)
Herman Miller, Inc. Executive Incentive Cash Bonus Plan dated April 24, 2006 is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant's Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended September 3, 2011. *


- 84 -



 
 
(i)
Second Amended and Restated Credit agreement dated as of November 18, 2011 among Herman Miller, Inc. and various lenders, is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended December 1, 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(j)
Form of Herman Miller, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan Performance Share Award is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.2 of the Registrant's Form 8-K dated July 24, 2008. *
 
 
 
 
 
 
(k)
Form of Herman Miller, Inc., Long-Term Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.1 of the Registrants Form 8-K dated July 23, 2012.*
 
 
 
 
 
 
(l)
Form of Herman Miller, Inc., Long-Term Incentive Restricted Stock Unit Award is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.2 of the Registrants Form 8-K dated July 23, 2012.*
 
 
 
 
 
 
(m)
Form of Herman Miller, Inc., Long-Term Incentive Performance Stock Unit EBITDA Award is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.3 of the Registrants Form 8-K dated July 23, 2012.*
 
 
 
 
 
 
(n)
Third Amended and Restated Credit agreement dated as of July 21, 2014 among Herman Miller, Inc. and various lenders is incorporated by reference from 10.1 of the Registrant's Form 8-K dated July 22, 2014.
 
(21)
Subsidiaries

 
(23)(a)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 
(24)
Power of Attorney (Included in Item 15)

 
(31)(a)
Certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of Herman Miller, Inc., pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 
(31)(b)
Certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of Herman Miller, Inc., pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 
(32)(a)
Certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of Herman Miller, Inc., pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 
(32)(b)
Certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of Herman Miller, Inc., pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document**

 
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document**

 
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document**

 
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document**


- 85 -



 
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document**

 
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document**

* Denotes compensatory plan or arrangement.
** In accordance with Regulation S-T, the XBRL-related information in Exhibit 101 shall be deemed “furnished” and not “filed” under sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and/or under section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

- 86 -

RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

HERMAN MILLER, INC.


The following Restated Articles of Incorporation are executed by the undersigned Corporation pursuant to the provisions of Act 284, Public Acts of 1972, as amended:

1.    The present name of the Corporation is: Herman Miller, Inc.

2.
The identification number assigned by the Bureau is: 232362.

3.
All former names of the Corporation are: Herman Miller Michigan, Inc.

4.
The date of filing of the original Articles of Incorporation was: July 21, 1981.

The following Restated Articles of Incorporation supersede the Articles of Incorporation as amended and shall be the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Herman Miller, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The purpose or purposes for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any activity within the purposes for which corporations may be formed under the Michigan Business Corporation Act.    

ARTICLE III

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is two hundred fifty million (250,000,000) shares, of which two hundred forty million (240,000,000) shares shall be common stock of the par value of $.20 per share and ten million (10,000,000) shares shall be series preferred stock, without par value.

The authorized shares of common stock of the par value of twenty cents ($.20) per share are all of one class with equal voting power, and each such share shall be equal to every other such share.

The shares of series preferred stock may be divided into one or more series. Except as hereinafter provided, the Board of Director is hereby authorized to cause the preferred stock to be issued from time to time in one or more series, with such designations and such relative voting, dividend, liquidation, and other rights, preferences and limitations as shall be stated and expressed

1




in the resolution providing for the issue of such preferred stock adopted by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors by a vote of the majority of the whole Board is expressly authorized to adopt such resolution or resolutions and issue such stock from time to time as it may deem desirable.

ARTICLE IV

The address of the registered office, which is the same as the mailing address, is 855 East Main Avenue, Zeeland, Michigan 49464. The name of the resident agent at the registered office is H. Timothy Lopez.

ARTICLE V

Directors and officers of the Corporation shall be indemnified as of right to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law in connection with any actual or threatened civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding (whether brought by or in the name of the Corporation, a subsidiary or otherwise) in which a director or officer is a witness or which is brought against a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Corporation or of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which the director or officer was serving at the request of the Corporation. Persons who are not directors or officers of the Corporation may be similarly indemnified in respect of such service to the extent authorized at any time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any such director, officer or other person against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in respect of such service whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability by law or under the provisions of this Article. The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to actions, suits or proceedings, whether arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption hereof, and to directors, officers and other persons who have ceased to render such service, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of the directors, officers and other persons referred to in this Article. The right of indemnity provided pursuant to this Article shall not be exclusive and the Corporation may provide indemnification to any person, by agreement or otherwise, on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may approve. Any agreement for indemnification of any director, officer, employee or other person may provide indemnification rights which are broader or otherwise different from those set forth in, or provided pursuant to, or in accordance with, this Article. Any amendment, alteration, modification, repeal or adoption of any provision in these Restated Articles of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article V shall not adversely affect any indemnification right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, alteration, modification, repeal or adoption.

ARTICLE VI

The affirmative vote or consent of two-thirds of the outstanding stock of this Corporation entitled to vote on any proposed dissolution of the Corporation shall be required to authorize and approve the same or to amend this Article VI.


2




ARTICLE VII

Approval of Business Combinations

The stockholder vote required to approve Business Combinations (hereinafter defined) shall be as set forth in this Article VII.

Section 1 .     Higher Vote for Business Combinations . In addition to any affirmative vote required by law or these Restated Articles of Incorporation, and except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 3 of this Article VII:

A.    any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with (i) any Interested Stockholder (as hereinafter defined) or (ii) any other corporation (whether or not itself an Interested Stockholder) which is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of an Interested Stockholder; or

B.    any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to or with any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value of $5,000,000 or more; or

C.    the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of any securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder in exchange for cash, securities or other property (or a combination thereof) having an aggregate Fair Market Value of $5,000,000 or more; or

D.    the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder; or

E.    any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving an Interested Stockholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of equity or convertible securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary which is directly or indirectly owned by any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder;

shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Voting Stock"), voting together as a single class, including the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Voting Stock not owned directly or indirectly by any Interested Stockholder. Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be specified,

3




by law, in any other Article of these Restated Articles of Incorporation or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise.

Section 2 .     Definition of "Business Combination ". The term "Business Combination" as used in this Article VII shall mean any transaction which is referred to in any one or more of paragraphs A through E o£ Section 1.

Section 3 .     When Higher Vote Is Not Required . The provisions of Section I of this Article VII shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, and such Business Combination shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by law and any other provision of these Restated Articles of Incorporation if in the case of a Business Combination that does not involve any cash or other consideration being received by the stockholders of the Corporation, solely in their capacities as stockholders, the condition specified in the following paragraph A is met, or if in the case of any other Business Combination, the conditions specified in either of the following paragraphs A or B are met;

A.     Approval by Continuing Directors . The Business Combination shall have been approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined).

B.     Price and Procedure Requirements . All of the following conditions shall have been met:

(i)    The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value (as hereinafter defined) as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination (the "Consummation Date") of the consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of Common Stock in such Business Combination shall be an amount at least equal to the higher of the following (it being intended that the requirements of this paragraph B(i) shall be required to be met with respect to all shares of Common Stock outstanding, whether or not the Interested Stockholder has previously acquired any shares of the Common Stock):

(a)    the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by the Interested Stockholder for any shares of Common Stock acquired by it (1) within the two-year period immediately prior to the first public announcement of the proposal of the Business Combination (the "Announcement Date") or (2) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher, plus interest compounded annually from the date on which the Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder through the Consummation Date at the prime rate of interest of Citibank, N.A. (or other major bank headquartered in New York City selected by a majority of the Continuing Directors) from time to time in effect in New York City, less the aggregate amount of any cash dividends paid, and the Fair Market Value of any dividends paid in other than cash, per share of Common Stock from the date on which the Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder

4




through the Consummation Date in an amount up to but not exceeding the amount of such interest payable per share of Common Stock; or

(b)    the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Announcement Date.

(ii)    The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of the Consummation Date of the consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of shares of any class of outstanding Voting Stock, other than the Common Stock, in such Business Combination shall be an amount at least equal to the highest of the following (it being intended that the requirements of this paragraph B(ii) shall be required to be met with respect to all shares of every such other class of outstanding Voting Stock, whether or not the Interested Stockholder has previously acquired any shares of a particular class of Voting Stock):

(a)    the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by the Interested Stockholder for any shares of such class of Voting Stock acquired by it (1) within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date or (2) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher, plus interest compounded annually from the date on which the Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder through the Consummation Date at the prime rate of interest of Citibank, N.A. (or other major bank headquartered in New York City selected by a majority of the Continuing Directors) from time to time in effect in New York City, less the aggregate amount of any cash dividends paid, and the Fair Market Value of any dividends paid in other than cash, per share of such class of Voting Stock from the date on which the Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder through the Consummation Date in an amount up to but not exceeding the amount of such interest payable per share of such class of Voting Stock;

(b)    the Fair Market Value per share of such class of Voting Stock on the Announcement Date; or

(c)    The highest preferential amount per share, if any, to which the holders of shares of such class of Voting Stock are entitled in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

(iii)    The consideration to be received by holders of a particular class of outstanding Voting Stock (including Common Stock) shall be in cash or in the same form as the Interested Stockholder has previously paid for shares of such class of Voting Stock. If the Interested Stockholder has paid for shares of any class of Voting Stock with varying forms of consideration, the form of consideration for such class

5




of Voting Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the largest number of shares of such class of Voting Stock previously acquired by it.

(iv)    After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested Stockholder and prior to the consummation of such Business Combination: (a) except as approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors, there shall have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular date therefor any full quarterly dividends (whether or not cumulative) on any outstanding Preferred Stock; (b) there shall have been (1) no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on the Common Stock (except as necessary to reflect any subdivision of the Common Stock), except as approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors, and (2) an increase in such annual rate of dividends as necessary to reflect any reclassification (including any reverse stock split), recapitalization, reorganization or any similar transaction which has the effect of reducing the number of outstanding shares of the Common Stock, unless the failure so to increase such annual rate is approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors; and (c) such Interested Stockholder shall have not become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Stock except as part of the transaction which results in such Interested Stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder.

(v)    After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested Stockholder, such Interested Stockholder shall not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages provided by the Corporation.

(vi)    A proxy or information statement describing the proposed Business Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provisions replacing such Act, rules or regulations) shall be mailed to all stockholders of the Corporation at least 30 days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (whether or not such proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions).

Section 4 .     Certain Definitions . For the purposes of this Article VII:

A.    A "person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity.

B.    "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary) who or which:

(i)    is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock; or

(ii)    is an Affiliate of the Corporation and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner, directly

6




or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock;

(iii)    is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares of Voting Stock which were at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder, if such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933.

C.    A person shall be a "beneficial owner" of any Voting Stock:

(i)    which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates (as hereinafter defined) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

(ii)    which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has (a) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (b) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or

(iii)    which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person with which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of Voting Stock.

D.    For the purposes of determining whether a person is an Interested Stockholder pursuant to paragraph B of this Section 4, the number of shares of Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed owned through application of paragraph C of this Section 4 but shall not include any other shares of Voting Stock which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

E.    "Affiliate" or "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on July 1, 1983.

F.    "Subsidiary" means any corporation of which a majority of any class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation; provided, however , that for the purposes of the definition of Interested Stockholder set forth in paragraph B of this Section 4, the term "Subsidiary" shall mean only a corporation of which a majority of each class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

G.    "Continuing Director" means any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board") who is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and was a member of the Board prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became an Interested

7




Stockholder, and any successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of Continuing Directors then on the Board.

H.    "Fair Market Value" means: (i) in the case of stock, the highest closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such stock on the Composite Tape for New York Stock Exchange-Listed Stocks, or, if such stock is not quoted on the Composite Tape, on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such stock is not listed on such Exchange, on the principal United States securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on which such stock is listed, or, if such stock is not listed on any such exchange, the highest closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such stock during the 30-day period preceding the date in question on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., Automated Quotations System or any system then in use, or if no such quotations are available, the fair market value on the date in question of a share of such stock as determined by a majority of the Continuing Directors in good faith; and (ii) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair market value of such property on the date in question as determined by a majority of the Continuing Directors in good faith.

I.    In the event of any Business Combination in which the Corporation survives, the phrase "consideration other than cash to be received" as used in paragraphs B(i) and (ii) of Section 3 of this Article VII shall include the shares of Common Stock and/or the shares of any other class of outstanding Voting Stock retained by the holders of such shares.

Section 5 .     Powers of Continuing Directors . A majority of the Continuing Directors of the Corporation shall have the power and duty to determine, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all facts necessary to determine compliance with this Article VII, including without limitation (A) whether a person is an Interested Stockholder, (B) the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any person, (C) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (D) whether the requirements of paragraph B of Section 3 have been met with respect to any Business Combination, and (E) whether the assets which are the subject of any Business Combination have, or the consideration to be received for the issuance or transfer of securities by the Corporation or any Subsidiary in any Business Combination has, an aggregate Fair Market Value of $5,000,000 or more; and the good faith determination of a majority of the Continuing Directors on such matters shall be conclusive and binding for all the purposes of this Article VII.

Section 6 .     No Effect on Fiduciary Obligations of Interested Stockholders . Nothing contained in this Article VII shall be construed to relieve the Board of Directors or any Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

Section 7 .     Amendment, Repeal, etc . Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of eighty percent (80%) or more of the voting power of the shares of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, including the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the Voting

8




Stock not owned directly or indirectly by any Interested Stockholder, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with, this Article VII of these Restated Articles of Incorporation; provided, however , that the preceding provisions of this Section 7 shall not be applicable to any amendment to this Article VII of these Restated Articles of Incorporation, and such amendment shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by law and any other provisions of these Restated Articles of Incorporation, if such amendment shall have been approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

ARTICLE VIII

Board of Directors

Section 1 .     Authority and Size of Board . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation (exclusive of directors to be elected by the holders of any one or more series of the Preferred Stock voting separately as a class or classes) that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be ten (10), unless otherwise determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of:

A.    At least eighty percent (80%) of the Board of Directors, and

B.    A majority of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined).

Section 2 .     Classification of Board and Filling of Vacancies . Subject to applicable law, the directors shall be divided into three (3) classes, each class to be as nearly equal in number as possible. The term of office of Directors of the first class shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1984 and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified or their resignation or removal. The term of office of Directors of the second class shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1985 and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified or their resignation or removal. The term of office of Directors of the third class shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1986 and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified or their resignation or removal. Subject to the foregoing, at each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing at the annual meeting to be held in 1984, the successors to the class of directors whose term shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting and until their successors shall be duly elected and qualified or their resignation or removal. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason, and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by the Board of Directors, acting by vote of eighty percent (80%) of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their respective successors shall be duly elected and qualified or their resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation, (i) the terms of the director or directors elected by such holders shall expire at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and vacancies created with respect to any directorship of the directors so elected may

9




be filled in the manner specified by such Preferred Stock, and (ii) this Article VIII shall be deemed to be construed and/or modified so as to permit the full implementation of the terms and conditions relating to election of directors of any series of Preferred Stock that has been or may be designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 3 .     Removal of Directors . Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation), any one or more directors of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, but only by either (1) the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors and at least eighty percent (80%) of the Board of Directors or (2) the affirmative vote, at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose, of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Voting Stock") voting together as a single class.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation, the provision of this Section 3 shall not apply with respect to the director or directors elected by such holders of Preferred Stock.

Section 4 .     Certain Definitions . For the purposes of this Article VIII:

A.    A "person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity.

B.    "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary) who or which:

(i)    is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock; or

(ii)    is an Affiliate of the Corporation and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent (10%) or more of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock; or

(iii)    is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares of Voting Stock which were at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder, if such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933.

C.    A person shall be a "beneficial owner" of any Voting Stock:

(i)    which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates (as hereinafter defined) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

10





(ii)    which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has (a) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (b) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or

(iii)    which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person with which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of Voting Stock.

D.    For the purposes of determining whether a person is an Interested Stockholder pursuant to paragraph B of this Section 4, the number of shares of Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed owned through application of paragraph C of this Section 4 but shall not include any other shares of Voting Stock which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

E.    "Affiliate" or "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on July 1, 1983.

F.    "Subsidiary" means any corporation of which a majority of any class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation; provided, however , that for the purposes of the definition of Interested Stockholder set forth in paragraph B of this Section 4, the term "Subsidiary" shall mean only a corporation of which a majority of each class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

G.    "Continuing Director" means any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board") who is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and was a member of the Board prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, and any successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of Continuing Directors then on the Board.

Section 5 .     Powers of Continuing Directors . A majority of the Continuing Directors of the Corporation shall have the power and duty to determine, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all facts necessary to determine compliance with this Article VIII, including without limitation (A) whether a person is an Interested Stockholder, (B) the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any person, and (C) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another; and the good faith determination of a majority of the Continuing Directors on such matters shall be conclusive and binding for all the purposes of this Article VIII.

Section 6 .     Amendment, Repeal, etc . Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact

11




that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of eighty percent (80%) or more of the voting power of the shares of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with, this Article VIII of these Restated Articles of Incorporation; provided, however , that the preceding provisions of this Section 6 shall not be applicable to any amendment to this Article VIII of these Restated Articles of Incorporation, and such amendment shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by law and any other provisions of these Restated Articles of Incorporation, if such amendment shall have been approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

ARTICLE IX

Board Evaluation of Certain Offers

Section 1 .     Matters to be Evaluated . The Board of Directors of this Corporation shall not approve, adopt or recommend any offer of any person or entity, other than the Corporation, to make a tender or exchange offer for any capital stock of the Corporation, to merge or consolidate the Corporation with any other entity or to purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Corporation unless and until the Board of Directors shall have first evaluated the offer and determined that the offer would be in compliance with all applicable laws and that the offer is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders. In connection with its evaluation as to compliance with laws, the Board of Directors may seek and rely upon an opinion of legal counsel independent from the offeror and it may test such compliance with laws in any state or federal court or before any state or federal administrative agency which may have appropriate jurisdiction. In connection with its evaluation as to the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders, the Board of Directors shall consider all factors which it deems relevant, including without limitation: (i) the adequacy and fairness of the consideration to be received by the Corporation and/or its stockholders under the offer considering historical trading prices of the Corporation's stock, the price that might be achieved in a negotiated sale of the Corporation as a whole, premiums over trading prices which have been proposed or offered with respect to the securities of other companies in the past in connection with similar offers and the future prospects for this Corporation and its business; (ii) the potential social and economic impact of the offer and its consummation on this Corporation, its employees, customers and vendors; and (iii) the potential social and economic impact of the offer and its consummation on the communities in which the Corporation and any subsidiaries operate or are located.

Section 2 .     Amendment, Repeal, etc . Notwithstanding any other provision of these Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation to the contrary (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of eighty percent (80%) or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote for the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article IX; provided, however, that this Article IX shall be of no force or effect if the proposed amendment, repeal or other action has been recommended for approval by at least eighty percent (80%) of all directors then holding office.


12




ARTICLE X

No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its shareholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. However, this Article X shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director for any breach of duty, act or omission for which the elimination or limitation of liability is not permitted by the Michigan Business Corporation Act, as amended from time to time. No amendment, alteration, modification, repeal or adoption of any provision in these Restated Articles of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article X shall have any effect to increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any act or omission of such director occurring prior to such amendment, alteration, modification, repeal or adoption.

These Restated Articles of Incorporation were duly adopted on July 14, 2014, in accordance with the provisions of Section 642 of the Michigan Business Corporation Act and were duly adopted by the Board of Directors without a vote of the shareholders. These Restated Articles of Incorporation only restate and integrate and do not further amend the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation as heretofore amended and there is no material discrepancy between those provisions and the provision of these Restated Articles of Incorporation.

Signed this 14th day of July, 2014.



/s/ Brian C. Walker
Brian C. Walker
President




13



Herman Miller, Inc. A Michigan Corporation                
Amended and Restated Bylaws


ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation shall be as specified in the Articles of Incorporation or such other place as determined by the Board of Directors upon filing proper notice thereof with the State of Michigan. The Corporation shall keep records containing the names and addresses of all shareholders, the number, class and series of shares held by each, and the dates when they respectively became holders of record thereof, at its registered office or at the office of its transfer agent.

Section 2. Other Offices. The business of the Corporation may be transacted in such locations other than the registered office, within or outside the State of Michigan, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, or as the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 1. Issuance of Stock and Stock Certificates. The Board of Directors, in its sole discretion and as necessary, may authorize the issuance of some or all of any class or series of the Corporation’s shares without certificates representing such shares. Such authorization shall not affect shares already represented by certificates until such certificates are surrendered to the Corporation. After the issuance of shares without certificates and within a reasonable time, the Corporation shall send the shareholder a written statement of the information normally required on certificates as mandated under the Michigan Business Corporation Act. Certificates, if specially requested by a shareholder, representing shares of the Corporation may be issued and shall be in such form as is approved by the Chief Executive Officer and the Vice President of Legal Affairs. Certificates signed by the chairman of the Board of Directors, vice



chairman of the Board of Directors, president or a vice president, and may also be signed by another officer of the Corporation. The certificate may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation, or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of the officers may be facsimiles. If an officer who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon, a certificate ceases to be such officer before the certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer at the date of issue. The Corporation’s records containing the names and addresses of all shareholders, the number, class and series of shares held by each, and the date when they respectively became holders of record thereof, shall be final and binding upon the shareholders and their successors and assigns for the purposes of determining the identity and location of each shareholder and the number, class and series of shares held by each shareholder.

Section 2. Replacement of Lost or Destroyed Certificates. If a stock certificate is lost or destroyed, no new certificate shall be issued in place thereof until the Corporation has received from the registered holder such assurances, representations, warranties, and/or guarantees as the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, shall deem advisable, and until the Corporation receives sufficient indemnification protecting it against any claim that may be made on account of such lost or destroyed certificate, or the issuance of any new certificate in place thereof, including an indemnity bond in such amount and with sureties, if any, as the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, deems advisable.

Section 3. Transfer of Shares. Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon the books of the Corporation. The old certificates, if any, shall be surrendered to the Corporation by delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation or to such other person as the Board of Directors may designate, properly endorsed for transfer, and such certificates shall be canceled if certificates are being

used. If the Board has authorized the issuance of shares without certificates, after the transfer of shares and within a reasonable time, the Corporation rather than issue a certificate, may send the transferee shareholder a written statement of the information normally required on certificates as mandated under the Michigan Business Corporation Act. The Board of Directors may issue a new certificate if the transferred shareholder specifically requests it. The Corporation shall keep records containing the names and addresses of all shareholders, the number, class, and series of Shares held by each, and the date when they respectively became holders of record thereof, at its registered office. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the person in whose name any share, right or option is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim with respect thereto, regardless of any notice thereof, except as may be specifically required by the laws of the State of Michigan.




Section 4. Rules Governing Stock Certificates. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates of stock, and may appoint a transfer agent and/or a registrar of transfer, and may require all such certificates to bear the signature of such transfer agent and/or of such registrar of transfers.

Section 5. Record Date for Share Dividends, Distributions and Other Actions. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of a share dividend or distribution, or allotment of a right, or for the purpose of any other action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. The date shall not be more than sixty (60) days before the payment of the share dividend or distribution or allotment of a right or other action. If a record date is not fixed, the record date shall be the close of business on the day on which the resolution of the Board relating to the corporate action is adopted. Only shareholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to receive payment of such Dividend or other distribution or allotment or rights or exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding the transfer of any Shares on the books of the Corporation after such record date.

Section 6. Dividends. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may from time to time declare and make a distribution to shareholders in respect of the Corporation’s outstanding shares, payable in cash, the Corporation’s shares or indebtedness, or the Corporation’s other property, including the shares or indebtedness of other corporations; provided, however, no such distribution shall be made if, after giving effect to the distribution, the Corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business, or the Corporation’s total assets would be less than its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed if the Corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distributions.

In addition, the Board of Directors, in its discretion from time to time may declare and direct the payment of a share dividend of the Corporation’s shares, issued pro rata and without consideration, to the Corporation’s shareholders or to the shareholders of one or more classes or series; provided, however, shares of one class or series may not be issued as a share dividend in respect of shares of another class or series unless (a) the Articles of Incorporation so authorize, (b) a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the class or series to be issued approve the issue, or (c) there are no outstanding shares of the class or series to be issued.



Section 7. Acquisition of Shares. Subject to the limitations of the Michigan Business Corporation Act, the Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation to acquire its own shares, and shares so acquired shall constitute authorized but unissued shares, except that shares of the Corporation acquired by it may be pledged as security for the payment of the purchase price of the shares and, until the purchase price is paid by the Corporation, such shares are not canceled and do not constitute authorized but unissued shares. In such event, the acquired and pledged shares shall not be voted directly or indirectly at any meeting or otherwise, shall not be counted in determining the total number of issued shares entitled to vote at any given time, and upon payment of the purchase price, shall be canceled and constitute authorized but unissued shares.

ARTICLE III

SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings. Meetings of shareholders shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation or at such other place, within or outside the State of Michigan, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, provided however, if a meeting of shareholders is to be held at a place other than the registered office of the Corporation the notice of the meeting shall designate such place.

Section 2. Annual Meeting. Annual meetings of shareholders for election of directors and for such other business as may come before the meeting shall be held at a date designated by the Board of Directors within five months after the end of each fiscal year of the Corporation. If the annual meeting is not held on the date so designated, the Board of Directors shall cause the meeting to be held as soon as thereafter as convenient.

Section 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of shareholders may be called by the chairman or vice chairman of the Board, the president or secretary and shall be called by one of them pursuant to resolution therefor by the Board of Directors, or upon receipt by them of a request in writing, stating the purpose or purposes thereof, and signed by more than half of the non-employee directors.

Section 4. Record Date for Notice and Vote. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of shareholders or an adjournment of a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. The date shall be not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10)



days before the date of the meeting. If a record date is not fixed, the record date for determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if no notice is given, the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. When a determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this Section 4, the determination applies to any adjournment of the meeting, unless the Board fixes a new record date under this section for the adjourned meeting.

For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to express consent to or to dissent from a proposal without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and shall not be more than ten (10) days after the Board resolution. If a record date is not fixed and prior action by the Board is required with respect to the corporate action to be taken without a meeting, the record date shall be the close of business on the day on which the resolution of the Board is adopted. If a record date is not fixed and prior action by the Board is not required, the record date shall be the first date on which a signed written consent is delivered to the Corporation as provided in Section 47 of the Michigan Business Corporation Act.

Section 5. Notice of Shareholders Meetings. Written notice of the time, place and purposes of any meeting of shareholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. Such notice may be given either by delivery in person to such shareholders or by mailing such notice to shareholders at their addresses as the same appear on the stock books of the Corporation.

A shareholder’s attendance at a meeting, in person or by proxy, constitutes a waiver of the shareholder’s objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting unless, at the beginning of the meeting, the shareholder objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and constitutes a waiver of the shareholder’s objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

Section 6. Voting Lists. The Corporation’s officer or agent having charge of its stock transfer books shall prepare and certify a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at a shareholders’ meeting or any adjournment thereof, which list shall be arranged alphabetically within each class and series, and shall show the address of and number of shares held by each shareholder. The list shall be produced at the time and place of the meeting of shareholders and be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time



during the meeting. The list shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the list or to vote at the meeting. If for any reason the requirements with respect to the shareholder list specified in this Section 6 of Article III have not been complied with, any shareholder, either in person or by proxy, who in good faith challenges the existence of sufficient votes to carry any action at the meeting, may demand that the meeting be adjourned and the same shall be adjourned until the requirements are complied with, provided however, that failure to comply with such requirements does not affect the validity of any action taken at the meeting before such demand is made.

Section 7. Voting. Except as may otherwise be provided in the Articles of Incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation, each shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or to express consent or dissent without a meeting, shall be entitled to one (1) vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such shareholder, provided however, no proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. For purposes of this section, without limiting the manner in which a shareholder may authorize another person or persons to act as proxy, a proxy granted by execution of a writing, facsimile, or other means of electronic or digital transmission to the person or persons who will hold the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization, or similar agent fully authorized by the person who will hold the proxy to receive that transmission, shall constitute valid means of granting proxy authority. A vote may be cast either orally or in writing as announced or directed by the chairperson of the meeting prior to the taking of the vote. When an action other than the election of directors is to be taken by vote of the shareholders, it shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon, unless a greater vote is required by express requirement of the Michigan Business Corporation Act or of the Articles of Incorporation, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Except as otherwise expressly required by the Articles of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at an election.

Section 8. Quorum. Except as may otherwise be provided in the Articles of Incorporation, shares entitled to cast a majority of the votes at a meeting constitute a quorum. Meetings at which less than a quorum is represented may be adjourned by a vote of a majority of the shares present to a further date without further notice other than the announcement of such meeting, and, when the quorum shall be present upon such adjourned date, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. Shareholders present in person or by proxy at any meeting of shareholders may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.




Section 9. Conduct of Meetings. The chairman of the Board of Directors or the chairman’s designee shall call meetings of the shareholders to order and shall act as chairman of such meetings. The secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of shareholders but, in the absence of the secretary at any meeting of shareholders or the secretary’s inability or election not to act as secretary, the presiding officer may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 10. Inspector of Elections. The Board of Directors may, in advance of meeting of shareholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors are not so appointed or an appointed inspector fails to appear or act, the person presiding at the meeting of shareholders may and, on request of a shareholder entitled to vote thereat, shall appoint one or more persons to fill such vacancy or vacancies, or to act as inspector. The inspector(s) shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate votes, ballots or consents, determine the results, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

Section 11. Notification of Nominations. Nominations for the election of directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by a shareholder entitled to vote in the election of directors. A shareholder entitled to vote in the election of directors, however, may make such a nomination only if written notice of such shareholder’s intent to do so has been given, either by personal delivery or by United States mail, postage prepaid, and received by the Corporation (a) with respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting of shareholders, not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day and not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, and (b) with respect to an election to be held at a special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the date on which the date of the meeting was first publicly announced or if there was no public announcement, the tenth (10 th ) day following the date on which notice of the special meeting was first mailed to the shareholders by the Corporation.

Each shareholder’s notice of intent to make a nomination must:

(a)
set forth, as to the shareholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made (i) the names and addresses of such shareholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, if any, (ii) the following information concerning the securities of the Corporation or derivatives thereof (A) the class or series and number of shares



of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder and such beneficial owner, (B) any option, warrant, swap, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right contract, arrangement, or device with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation, or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument, right, contract, arrangement, or device shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise and whether or not the holder of or party to such instrument, right, contract, arrangement or device would be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any security of the Corporation (a “Derivative Instrument”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such shareholder and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (C) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such shareholder has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation, including the right to vote shares borrowed to cover a short position, (D) any short interest in any security of the Corporation (for purpose of this Bylaw a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (E) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such shareholder that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (F) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such shareholder is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner and (G) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) to which such shareholder is entitled based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivatives Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members of such shareholder’s immediate family sharing the same household which information shall be supplemented by such shareholder and beneficial owner, if any, not later than ten (10) days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such ownership of the record date;

(b)
provide a representation that the shareholder (i) is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting (ii) will continue to hold such stock through the date on which the meeting is held, and (iii) intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; and

(c)
set forth, as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection to the Board of Directors (i) all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made



in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to the Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected) and (ii) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, agreements, and understandings during the past three (3) years, and any other material relationships, between or among such shareholder and beneficial owner, if any, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the shareholder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made, if any, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant;

(d)
with respect to each nominee for election or reelection to the Board of Directors, include a completed and signed questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request), and a written representation (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or matter (a "Voting Agreement") that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (B) any Voting Agreement that could limit or interfere with such person's ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person's fiduciary duties, (ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with his or her service as a Director of the Corporation, and (iii) in his or her individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and other policies and guidelines of the Corporation.

The chairman of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the nomination of any person nominated by a shareholder whose nomination is not made in strict compliance with the foregoing procedure.




Section 12. Notification of Other Shareholder Proposals. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall submit for consideration and vote by the shareholders, at any meeting of the shareholders, only those proposals that are first brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or by any shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting (a) who submits to the Corporation a timely Notice of Proposal, in accordance with the requirements of this Section 12 and the proposal is a proper subject for action by shareholders under Michigan law, or (b) whose proposal (i) when delivered to the Corporation, is accompanied by the information required to be set forth in a notice under subsection (a) of Section 11 and (ii) is included in the Corporation’s proxy materials in compliance with all the requirements set forth in the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Each shareholder’s Notice of Proposal shall at a minimum set forth the following information:

(a)
The information required to be set forth in a notice under subsection (a) of Section 11;

(b)
A representation that the shareholder (i) is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, (ii) will continue to hold such stock through the date on which the meeting is held, and (iii) intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to submit the proposal for shareholder vote;

(c)
A brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest of such shareholder and beneficial owner, if any, in such business; and

(d)
A description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such shareholder.

A Notice of Proposal must be given, either by personal delivery or by United States mail postage prepaid, and received by the Corporation with respect to an annual meeting of shareholders, not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day and not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day, prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting. A Notice of Proposal to be considered at a special meeting of shareholders must be given in the manner set forth above and be received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the date on which the meeting was first publicly announced or if there was no public announcement, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the



date on which the notice of the scheduled meeting was first mailed to the shareholders. No Notice of Proposal may be in excess of five hundred (500) words. The Secretary of the Corporation shall notify a shareholder in writing whether
his or her Notice of Proposal has been made in accordance with all the requirements of this Section 12. The chairman of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the proposal of any shareholder not made in strict compliance with all such requirements.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 1. Authority and Size of Board. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation (exclusive of directors to be elected by the holders of any one or more series of the preferred stock voting separately as a class or classes) that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be that number determined by the Board of Directors from time to time, but not less than nine (9) directors nor more than thirteen (13) directors.

Section 2. Classification of Board and Filing of Vacancies. Subject to applicable law, the directors shall be divided into three (3) classes, each class to be as nearly equal in number as possible. The directors of the first class shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1984 and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified or their resignation or removal. The directors of the second class shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1985 and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified or their resignation or removal. The directors of the third class shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1986 and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified or their resignation or removal. Subject to the foregoing and to the last sentence of this first paragraph of Section 2 of Article IV, at each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing at the annual meeting to be held in 1984, the successors to the class of directors whose term shall then expire shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting and until their successors shall be duly elected and qualified or their resignation or removal. Any vacancies in any class of the Board of Directors for any reason, and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by the Board of Directors, acting by vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors and at least eighty percent (80%) of the Board of Directors, and any directors so chosen shall hold office for the remaining term of the class of directors into which he or she has been appointed and until their respective successors shall be duly elected and qualified or their resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any



incumbent director. No person shall be elected as a director (a) after he or she attains age seventy-two (72) or (b) for a term which expires later than the annual meeting of stockholders at or immediately after which such person attains age seventy-two (72).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of preferred stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation (a) the terms of the director or directors elected by such holders shall expire at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and vacancies created with respect to any directorship of the directors so elected may be filled in the manner specified by such preferred stock, and (b) this Section 2 of Article IV shall be deemed to be construed and/or modified so as to permit the full implementation of the terms and conditions relating to election of directors of any series of preferred stock that has been or may be designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Resignation and Removal of Directors. A director may resign by written notice to the Corporation, which resignation is effective upon its receipt by the Corporation or at a subsequent time as set forth in the written notice of resignation. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, any one or more directors of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, but only by either (a) the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors and at least eighty percent (80%) of the Board of Directors, or (b) the affirmative vote, at a meeting of the stockholder called for that purpose, of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors voting together as a single class.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of preferred stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation, the provision of this Section 3 of Article IV shall not apply with respect to the director or directors elected by such holders of preferred stock.

Section 4. Place of Meetings and Records. The directors shall hold their meetings and maintain the minutes of the proceedings of meetings of shareholders, Board of Directors, and committees, if any, and keep the books of records of account for the Corporation in such place or places, within or outside the State of Michigan, as the Board may from time to time determine.

Section 5. Annual Meetings of Directors. The newly elected directors shall hold their first meeting, without notice other than this bylaw, at the same place and immediately after the annual meeting of the shareholders at which they are elected, or the time and place of such meeting may be fixed by consent in writing of all the directors.




Section 6. Regular Meetings of the Board. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board or by the chairman or vice chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president. Any notice given of a regular meeting need not specify the business to be transacted or the purpose of the meeting.

Section 7. Special Meetings of the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the chairman or vice chairman of the Board of Directors or the president on at least two (2) days’ notice to each director by mail or overnight courier or twenty-four (24) hours’ notice either personally, by telephone, by telegram, by facsimile or by electronic or digital transmission. Special meetings shall be called by any one of them in like manner and on like notice on the written request of any two (2) directors. The notice need not specify the business to be transacted or the purpose of the special meeting. The notice shall specify the place of the special meeting.

Section 8. Meeting Attendance or Participation as Waiver of Notice. A director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to him or her of the meeting unless he or she at the beginning of the meeting, or upon his or her arrival, objects to the meeting or the transacting of business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to any action taken at the meeting.

Section 9. Meeting Participation by Means of Communication Equipment. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or of such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communication equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with the other participants, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 10. Quorum and Vote. At all meetings of the Board or a committee thereof, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office or members of such committee, but not less than two (2) (if there are at least two members of the Board or such committee) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors or the committee. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee, the members present may adjourn the meeting from time to time and to another place without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall be present.




Section 11. Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken pursuant to authorization voted at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if, before or after the action, all members of the Board of Directors then in office or of such committee consent thereto in writing. Such written consent shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. The consent has the same effect as a vote of the Board of Directors or such committee for all purposes.

Section 12. Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member of any committee. In the absence or in the event of the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. A committee and each member thereof shall serve at the pleasure of the Board.

Any committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. No committee, however, shall have the power or authority to amend the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation, adopt an agreement of merger or share exchange, recommend to the shareholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the shareholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or fill vacancies in the Board of Directors. No committee shall have the power or authority to declare a distribution, dividend or authorize the issuance of shares unless such power is granted to such committee by specific resolution of the Board of Directors. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. The committees shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board when required. If a committee is designated as an Executive Committee, its members shall consist of the Chairman and/or Chief Executive Officer, and such other directors as shall be designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 13. Compensation. By affirmative vote of a majority of directors in office, and irrespective of the personal interest of any of them, the Board of Directors may establish reasonable compensation for directors for services to the Corporation as directors, officers, or members of committees. Directors may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or of a committee, or an



annual salary or retainer, or issued shares of company common stock or any combination of the above. Directors may also be reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in attending each meeting of the Board or meeting of a committee.

Section 14. Directors Emeritus. A director who has served the Corporation with distinction and who has retired from the Board may be elected a Director Emeritus by the affirmative vote of a majority of the full Board of Directors. A Director Emeritus shall be elected for life, subject only to his or her resignation or removal by a vote of a majority of the full Board of Directors. A Director Emeritus shall not have any of the responsibilities or liabilities of a director, or any of a director’s rights, powers, privileges, or compensation. Reference in these Bylaws to “directors” shall not mean or include Directors Emeritus.

Section 15. Evaluation of Certain Offers. The Board of Directors shall not approve, adopt or recommend any offer of any person or entity, other than the Corporation, to make a tender or exchange offer for any capital stock of the Corporation, to merge or consolidate the Corporation with any other entity or to purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Corporation unless and until the Board of Directors shall have first evaluated the offer and determined that the offer would be in compliance with all applicable laws and that the offer is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders. In connection with its evaluation as to compliance with laws, the Board of Directors may seek and rely upon an opinion of legal counsel independent from the offeror and it may test such compliance with laws in any state or federal court or before any state or federal administrative agency which may have appropriate jurisdiction. In connection with its evaluation as to the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders, the Board of Directors shall consider all factors which it deems relevant, including without limitation:

(a)
The adequacy and fairness of the consideration to be received by the Corporation and/or its stockholders under the offer considering historical trading prices of the Corporation’s stock, the price that might be achieved in a negotiated sale of the Corporation as a whole, premiums over trading prices which have been proposed or offered with respect to the securities of other companies in the past in connection with similar offers and the future prospects for this Corporation and its business;

(b) The potential social and economic impact of the offer and its consummation on this Corporation, its employees, customers and vendors; and

(c) The potential social and economic impact of the offer and its consummation on the communities in which the Corporation and any subsidiaries operate or are located.




ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1. Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a president, a treasurer, and a secretary, all of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. In addition, the Board of Directors may elect a chairman of the Board of Directors, a vice chairman of the Board of Directors, and one or more vice presidents (the number thereof to be determined by the Board of Directors) and such assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers as desired. Each officer shall hold his office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. None of the officers of the Corporation, other than the chairman, the vice chairman, and the president need be directors. The officers shall be elected at the first meeting of the Board of Directors after each annual meeting of Shareholders and may be elected at any other meeting. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, but an officer shall not execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity if the instrument is required by law to be executed, acknowledged or verified by two or more officers.

Section 2. Other Officers and Agents. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it may deem advisable, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board may, by specific resolution, empower the chairman, the president or the Executive Committee, if such a committee has been designated by the Board, to appoint such officers or agents and to determine their powers and duties.

Section 3. Removal. The chairman, vice chairman and president may be removed at any time, with or without cause, but only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. All vice presidents, the secretary and the treasurer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the president or by majority vote of directors present at any meeting. Any assistant secretary or assistant treasurer, or subordinate officer or agent appointed pursuant to Section 2 of this Article, may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by majority vote of directors present at any meeting, by the president, or by any committee or other officer empowered so to do by resolution of the Board.




Section 4. Chairman and Vice Chairman. The chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and at all meetings of shareholders. The chairman shall also perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors. If the chairman dies or is unable to perform the duties of the chairman for any other reason, the vice chairman shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The vice chairman shall not succeed to any of the other rights, powers or duties of the chairman. The vice chairman shall also perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. President. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business of the Corporation and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in or incident to the office of the president and chief executive officer of a corporation. The president shall be a member of the Executive Committee, if such a committee is designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence or inability to act of the chairman and vice chairman of the Corporation, the president shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and all meetings of the Board of Directors. The president shall also have such other powers and duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors. Except as the Board of Directors shall authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, the president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts on behalf of the Corporation and shall cause the seal to be affixed to any instrument requiring it. If the president dies or becomes unable to perform the duties of this office for any other reason, the Board of Directors shall appoint a successor to be the president of the Corporation.

Section 6. Vice Presidents. Each vice president shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, and may be designated by such special title as the Board of Directors shall approve.

Section 7. Treasurer. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate account of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation. The treasurer shall deposit all monies and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors or the president, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements. The treasurer shall render to the president and Board of Directors at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they may request it, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. In general, the treasurer shall perform all the duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the president.




Section 8. Secretary. The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of shareholders and directors required by law or by these Bylaws, and all other notices so required. If the secretary is absent or refuses or neglects, so to do, any such notice may be given by any person directed to do so by the chairman or vice chairman of the Board of Directors, the president, or by the directors upon whose written request the meeting is called as provided in the Bylaws. Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation and of the directors in one or more books to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform all duties incident to the office of the secretary and such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the directors, the chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president. The secretary shall have the custody of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to all instruments requiring it, when Authorized by the directors, the chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president, and attest the same.

Section 9. Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries. Assistant treasurers and assistant secretaries, if any shall be elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them, respectively, by the treasurer or the secretary, respectively, or by the president or the Board of Directors.

Section 10. Salaries. The salaries and other compensations of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. No officer shall be prevented from receiving a salary or other compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director of the Corporation.

Section 11. Bonds. If the Board of Directors shall so require, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer and any other officer or agent of the Corporation shall give bond to the Corporation in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, conditioned upon the faithful performance of their respective duties and offices and any other conditions approved by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS




Section 1. Contracts. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 2. Loans. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation, and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name, unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 3. Checks. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officers, agent or agents of the Corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of this Corporation shall end on the Saturday nearest the 31 st day of May in each year.

Section 2. Notices. Whenever any written notice is required to be given under the provisions of any law, the Articles of Incorporation for this Corporation, or by these Bylaws, it shall not be construed or interpreted to mean personal notice, unless expressly so stated, and any notice so required shall be deemed to be sufficient if given in writing by facsimile or electronic or digital transmission, overnight courier or first class mail, by depositing the same in a United States Post Office box, postage prepaid, addressed to the person entitled thereto at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day of such mailing. Shareholders not entitled to vote shall not be entitled to receive notice of any meetings, except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws.




Section 3. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to given under the provisions of any law, or the Articles of Incorporation for this Corporation, or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 4. Voting of Securities. Securities of another corporation, foreign or domestic, standing in the name of the this Corporation, which are entitled to vote shall be voted, in person or by proxy, by the chairman of the Board or the president of this Corporation or by such other or additional persons as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Seal. The corporate seal of the Corporation shall be in such form as may be authorized and adopted by the Board of Directors. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Directors and officers of the Corporation shall be indemnified as of right to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law in the connection with any threatened, pending or completed civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding (whether brought by or in the name of the Corporation, a subsidiary or otherwise and whether formal or informal) in which a director or officer is a witness or which is brought against a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Corporation or of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which the director or officer was serving at the request of the Corporation. Persons who are not directors or officers of the Corporation may be similarly indemnified in respect of such service to the extent authorized at any time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any such director, officer or other person against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in respect of such service whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability by law or under the provisions of this Article. The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to actions, suits or proceedings, whether arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption hereof, and to directors, officers and other persons who have ceased to render such service, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of the directors, officers and other person referred to in this Article. The right of indemnity provided pursuant to this Article shall not be exclusive and the Corporation may provide indemnification to any person, by agreement or otherwise, on such terms and conditions as



the Board of Directors may approve. Any agreement for indemnification of any director, officer, employee or other person may provide indemnification rights which are broader or otherwise different from those set forth in, or provided pursuant to, or in accordance with, this Article. Any amendment, alteration, modification, repeal or adoption of any provision in these Bylaws inconsistent with this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any indemnification right or protection of a director, officer, employee or other person of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, alteration, modification, repeal or adoption. In addition, in connection with an action or suit brought by or in the right of the Corporation as described in Section 562 of the Michigan Business Corporation Act, a director shall be indemnified as of right to the fullest extent permitted by law for expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

Except as otherwise provided below, these Bylaws may be added to, altered, amended or repealed and new and other bylaws may be made, altered or added to by a vote of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office at any regular or special meeting of the Board, and without prior notices of intent to do so, except that neither Section 2 or 3 of Article IV shall be amended unless such amendment is adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors and at least eighty percent (80%) of the Board of Directors, and these Bylaws may also be added to, altered, amended or repealed and new or other bylaws made and adopted by vote of the holders of a majority of the voting shares of capital stock issued and outstanding at any annual or special meeting, unless a greater plurality is required by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, if notice of the proposed alteration or repeal of the bylaw to be made is contained in the notice of such meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 1 of Article IV may not be modified except by the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of the voting shares of capital stock issued and outstanding at any annual or special meeting.

The foregoing Bylaws, adopted by the Board of Directors of Herman Miller, Inc. on March 18, 1986, have been restated in their entirety to incorporate amendments adopted by the Board of Directors on November 17, 1987, December 22, 1987, May 10, 1988, July 11, 1990, and October 4, 1990, January 6, 1997, October 1, 2002, January 13, 2004 and April 25, 2005, September 24, 2007, April 22, 2008, July 21, 2008, April 18, 2011, and July 14, 2014.





EXHIBIT 21

HERMAN MILLER, INC., SUBSIDIARIES

The company's principal subsidiaries are as follows.

Name
 Ownership
Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Colebrook Bosson Saunders, Inc.
100% Company
Michigan
Colebrook Bosson Saunders, Ltd.
100% Company
England, U.K.
Colebrook Bosson Saunders, Pty. Ltd.
100% Company
Austrailia
Convia, Inc.
100% Company
Delaware
Coro Acquisition Corporation-California
100% Company
California
Geiger International, Inc.
100% Company
Delaware
Herman Miller Accessories, LLC
100% Company
Michigan
Herman Miller Asia (PTE.) Ltd.
100% Company
Singapore
Herman Miller (Australia) Pty., Ltd.
100% Company
Australia
Herman Miller Canada
100% Company
Canada
Herman Miller Furniture (India) Pvt. Ltd.
100% Company
India
Herman Miller Global Customer Solutions, Inc.
100% Company
Michigan
Herman Miller Global Customer Solutions (Hong Kong), Inc.
100% Company
Hong Kong
Herman Miller Japan, Ltd.
100% Company
Japan
Herman Miller, Ltd.
100% Company
England, U.K.
Herman Miller Mexico S.A. de C.V.
100% Company
Mexico
Herman Miller (Ningbo) Furniture Co. Ltd.
100% Company
China
Herman Miller OP Spectrum Holdings Inc.
100% Company
Michigan
Integrated Metal Technologies, Inc.
100% Company
Michigan
Maharam Fabric Corporation
100% Company
New York
Meridian, Inc.
100% Company
Michigan
Milsure Insurance, Ltd.
100% Company
Barbados
Nemschoff Chairs, Inc.
100% Company
Wisconsin
Sun Hing POSH Holdings Limited
100% Company
Hong Kong
    





Exhibit 23(a)-Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements Nos. 333-04367, 333-42506, 333-04365, 333-122282, 333-04369, 333-122283, 333-179138 on Form S-8 and No. 333-157364 on Form S-3 of Herman Miller, Inc. of our reports dated July 29, 2014, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Herman Miller, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Herman Miller, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2014.




/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Grand Rapids, Michigan
July 29, 2014




Exhibit 31(a)

CERTIFICATE OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
OF HERMAN MILLER, INC. (THE "REGISTRANT")


I, Brian C. Walker, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended May 31, 2014, of Herman Miller, Inc;
 
 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
 
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants' disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
 
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
 
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
 
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: July 29, 2014

/s/ Brian C. Walker         
Brian C. Walker
Chief Executive Officer





Exhibit 31(b)

CERTIFICATE OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
OF HERMAN MILLER, INC. (THE "REGISTRANT")


I, Gregory J. Bylsma, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended May 31, 2014, of Herman Miller, Inc;
 
 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
 
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants' disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
 
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
 
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
 
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: July 29, 2014

/s/ Gregory J. Bylsma
Gregory J. Bylsma
Chief Financial Officer





Exhibit 32(a)

CERTIFICATE OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
OF HERMAN MILLER, INC. (THE "COMPANY")


Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002:

I, Brian C. Walker, Chief Executive Officer of the company, certify to the best of my knowledge and belief pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that:

(1)
The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended May 31, 2014, which this statement accompanies, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
 
(2)
The information contained in the Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.


Dated: July 29, 2014

/s/ Brian C. Walker     
Chief Executive Officer

The signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Herman Miller, Inc. and will be retained by Herman Miller, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.





Exhibit 32(b)

CERTIFICATE OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
OF HERMAN MILLER, INC. (THE "COMPANY")


Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002:

I, Gregory J. Bylsma, Chief Financial Officer of the company, certify to the best of my knowledge and belief pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that:

(1)
The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended May 31, 2014, which this statement accompanies, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
 
(2)
The information contained in the Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.


Dated: July 29, 2014

/s/ Gregory J. Bylsma     
Chief Financial Officer

The signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Herman Miller, Inc. and will be retained by Herman Miller, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.